US20110009347A1 - Combination therapy for the treatment of diabetes - Google Patents

Combination therapy for the treatment of diabetes Download PDF

Info

Publication number
US20110009347A1
US20110009347A1 US12/830,479 US83047910A US2011009347A1 US 20110009347 A1 US20110009347 A1 US 20110009347A1 US 83047910 A US83047910 A US 83047910A US 2011009347 A1 US2011009347 A1 US 2011009347A1
Authority
US
United States
Prior art keywords
group
pharmaceutically acceptable
ring
acceptable salt
compound
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Abandoned
Application number
US12/830,479
Inventor
Yin Liang
John Ryan
Abraham B. Woldu
Lisa Wu
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Janssen Pharmaceutica NV
Original Assignee
Janssen Pharmaceutica NV
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Family has litigation
First worldwide family litigation filed litigation Critical https://patents.darts-ip.com/?family=43427948&utm_source=google_patent&utm_medium=platform_link&utm_campaign=public_patent_search&patent=US20110009347(A1) "Global patent litigation dataset” by Darts-ip is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License.
Application filed by Janssen Pharmaceutica NV filed Critical Janssen Pharmaceutica NV
Priority to US12/830,479 priority Critical patent/US20110009347A1/en
Priority to JP2012519688A priority patent/JP6115986B2/en
Priority to MEP-2019-178A priority patent/ME03508B/en
Priority to MX2012000488A priority patent/MX2012000488A/en
Priority to EA201270144A priority patent/EA020009B1/en
Priority to IN639DEN2012 priority patent/IN2012DN00639A/en
Priority to PL10735109T priority patent/PL2451482T3/en
Priority to EP10735109.0A priority patent/EP2451482B1/en
Priority to ES10735109T priority patent/ES2732703T3/en
Priority to CN2010800406265A priority patent/CN102497881A/en
Priority to SI201031889T priority patent/SI2451482T1/en
Priority to BR112012000502-2A priority patent/BR112012000502B1/en
Priority to DK10735109.0T priority patent/DK2451482T3/en
Priority to SG2011097177A priority patent/SG177417A1/en
Priority to CN201710167924.4A priority patent/CN106983744A/en
Priority to PT10735109T priority patent/PT2451482T/en
Priority to SG10201403900PA priority patent/SG10201403900PA/en
Priority to MYPI2012000030A priority patent/MY174002A/en
Priority to PCT/US2010/041136 priority patent/WO2011005811A1/en
Priority to AU2010270669A priority patent/AU2010270669A1/en
Priority to KR1020127002985A priority patent/KR101799944B1/en
Priority to HUE10735109A priority patent/HUE045367T2/en
Priority to LTEP10735109.0T priority patent/LT2451482T/en
Priority to RS20190763A priority patent/RS58871B1/en
Priority to NZ622993A priority patent/NZ622993A/en
Priority to CA2767811A priority patent/CA2767811C/en
Priority to PE2012000021A priority patent/PE20121046A1/en
Priority to UY0001032778A priority patent/UY32778A/en
Priority to ARP100102481A priority patent/AR077464A1/en
Priority to TW099122409A priority patent/TWI532481B/en
Assigned to JANSSEN PHARMACEUTICA N.V. reassignment JANSSEN PHARMACEUTICA N.V. ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST (SEE DOCUMENT FOR DETAILS). Assignors: WOLDU, ABRAHAM B., LIANG, YIN, RYAN, JOHN, WU, LISA E.
Publication of US20110009347A1 publication Critical patent/US20110009347A1/en
Priority to IL217395A priority patent/IL217395A0/en
Priority to CL2012000024A priority patent/CL2012000024A1/en
Priority to CO12002313A priority patent/CO6430453A2/en
Priority to HN2012000031A priority patent/HN2012000031A/en
Priority to EC2012011582A priority patent/ECSP12011582A/en
Priority to NI201200005A priority patent/NI201200005A/en
Priority to ZA2012/00918A priority patent/ZA201200918B/en
Priority to US14/452,884 priority patent/US20150011485A1/en
Priority to JP2015153237A priority patent/JP2016006093A/en
Priority to US14/964,670 priority patent/US20160089360A1/en
Priority to JP2017000334A priority patent/JP2017081975A/en
Priority to US15/413,480 priority patent/US11576894B2/en
Priority to IL259475A priority patent/IL259475A/en
Priority to HRP20191148TT priority patent/HRP20191148T1/en
Priority to CY20191100795T priority patent/CY1121853T1/en
Abandoned legal-status Critical Current

Links

Classifications

    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/38Heterocyclic compounds having sulfur as a ring hetero atom
    • A61K31/381Heterocyclic compounds having sulfur as a ring hetero atom having five-membered rings
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/70Carbohydrates; Sugars; Derivatives thereof
    • A61K31/7028Compounds having saccharide radicals attached to non-saccharide compounds by glycosidic linkages
    • A61K31/7034Compounds having saccharide radicals attached to non-saccharide compounds by glycosidic linkages attached to a carbocyclic compound, e.g. phloridzin
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/13Amines
    • A61K31/155Amidines (), e.g. guanidine (H2N—C(=NH)—NH2), isourea (N=C(OH)—NH2), isothiourea (—N=C(SH)—NH2)
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/435Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with one nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom
    • A61K31/44Non condensed pyridines; Hydrogenated derivatives thereof
    • A61K31/4427Non condensed pyridines; Hydrogenated derivatives thereof containing further heterocyclic ring systems
    • A61K31/4436Non condensed pyridines; Hydrogenated derivatives thereof containing further heterocyclic ring systems containing a heterocyclic ring having sulfur as a ring hetero atom
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/70Carbohydrates; Sugars; Derivatives thereof
    • A61K31/7042Compounds having saccharide radicals and heterocyclic rings
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K45/00Medicinal preparations containing active ingredients not provided for in groups A61K31/00 - A61K41/00
    • A61K45/06Mixtures of active ingredients without chemical characterisation, e.g. antiphlogistics and cardiaca
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K47/00Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient
    • A61K47/30Macromolecular organic or inorganic compounds, e.g. inorganic polyphosphates
    • A61K47/36Polysaccharides; Derivatives thereof, e.g. gums, starch, alginate, dextrin, hyaluronic acid, chitosan, inulin, agar or pectin
    • A61K47/38Cellulose; Derivatives thereof
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P13/00Drugs for disorders of the urinary system
    • A61P13/12Drugs for disorders of the urinary system of the kidneys
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P17/00Drugs for dermatological disorders
    • A61P17/02Drugs for dermatological disorders for treating wounds, ulcers, burns, scars, keloids, or the like
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P27/00Drugs for disorders of the senses
    • A61P27/02Ophthalmic agents
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P3/00Drugs for disorders of the metabolism
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P3/00Drugs for disorders of the metabolism
    • A61P3/04Anorexiants; Antiobesity agents
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P3/00Drugs for disorders of the metabolism
    • A61P3/06Antihyperlipidemics
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P3/00Drugs for disorders of the metabolism
    • A61P3/08Drugs for disorders of the metabolism for glucose homeostasis
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P3/00Drugs for disorders of the metabolism
    • A61P3/08Drugs for disorders of the metabolism for glucose homeostasis
    • A61P3/10Drugs for disorders of the metabolism for glucose homeostasis for hyperglycaemia, e.g. antidiabetics
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P43/00Drugs for specific purposes, not provided for in groups A61P1/00-A61P41/00
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P5/00Drugs for disorders of the endocrine system
    • A61P5/48Drugs for disorders of the endocrine system of the pancreatic hormones
    • A61P5/50Drugs for disorders of the endocrine system of the pancreatic hormones for increasing or potentiating the activity of insulin
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P9/00Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system
    • A61P9/10Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system for treating ischaemic or atherosclerotic diseases, e.g. antianginal drugs, coronary vasodilators, drugs for myocardial infarction, retinopathy, cerebrovascula insufficiency, renal arteriosclerosis
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P9/00Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system
    • A61P9/12Antihypertensives
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K2121/00Preparations for use in therapy

Definitions

  • the present invention is directed to co-therapy and methods for the treatment and prevention of glucose-related disorders such as Type 2 diabetes mellitus and Syndrome X.
  • the present invention is further directed to pharmaceutical compositions for the co-therapy and methods described herein.
  • Diabetes mellitus is a medical term for the presence of elevated blood glucose. People with diabetes either don't produce insulin, produce too little insulin or do not respond to insulin, resulting in the build up of glucose in the blood.
  • Type 2 diabetes once referred to as adult onset diabetes or non-insulin dependent diabetes (NIDDM), which may account for >90% of diabetes in adults.
  • NIDDM non-insulin dependent diabetes
  • Type 1 diabetes or autoimmune diabetes once referred to as juvenile onset diabetes and type 11 ⁇ 2 diabetes, also referred to as latent-autoimmune diabetes in adults or LADA.
  • Diabetes may occur because of poor dietary habits or lack of physical activity (e.g., sedentary lifestyle), genetic mutations, injury to the pancreas, drug (e.g., AIDS therapies) or chemical (e.g., steroid) exposure or disease (e.g., cystic fibrosis, Down syndrome, Cushing's syndrome).
  • drug e.g., AIDS therapies
  • chemical e.g., steroid
  • disease e.g., cystic fibrosis, Down syndrome, Cushing's syndrome.
  • MODY maturity-onset diabetes of the young
  • ADM atypical diabetes mellitus
  • Type 2 diabetes mellitus is a metabolic disorder involving disregulation of glucose metabolism and insulin resistance, and long-term complications involving the eyes, kidneys, nerves, and blood vessels.
  • Type 2 diabetes mellitus usually develops in adulthood (middle life or later) and is described as the body's inability to make either sufficient insulin (abnormal insulin secretion) or its inability to effectively use insulin (resistance to insulin action in target organs and tissues). More particularly, patients suffering from Type 2 diabetes mellitus have a relative insulin deficiency. That is, in these patients, plasma insulin levels are normal to high in absolute terms, although they are lower than predicted for the level of plasma glucose that is present.
  • Type 2 diabetes mellitus is characterized by the following clinical signs or symptoms: persistently elevated plasma glucose concentration or hyperglycemia; polyuria; polydipsia and/or polyphagia; chronic microvascular complications such as retinopathy, nephropathy and neuropathy; and macrovascular complications such as hyperlipidemia and hypertension which can lead to blindness, end-stage renal disease, limb amputation and myocardial infarction.
  • Insulin Resistance Syndrome X also termed Insulin Resistance Syndrome (IRS), Metabolic Syndrome, or Metabolic Syndrome X
  • IRS Insulin Resistance Syndrome
  • Metabolic Syndrome X is a disorder that presents risk factors for the development of Type 2 diabetes mellitus and cardiovascular disease including glucose intolerance, hyperinsulinemia and insulin resistance, hypertriglyceridemia, hypertension and obesity.
  • Type 2 diabetes mellitus includes assessment of symptoms and measurement of glucose in the urine and blood. Blood glucose level determination is necessary for an accurate diagnosis. More specifically, fasting blood glucose level determination is a standard approach used. However, the oral glucose tolerance test (OGTT) is considered to be more sensitive than fasted blood glucose level. Type 2 diabetes mellitus is associated with impaired oral glucose tolerance (OGT). The OGTT thus can aid in the diagnosis of Type 2 diabetes mellitus, although generally not necessary for the diagnosis of diabetes (Emancipator K, Am J Clin Pathol 1999 November; 112(5):665-74; Type 2 Diabetes Mellitus, Decision Resources Inc., March 2000).
  • the OGTT allows for an estimation of pancreatic beta-cell secretory function and insulin sensitivity, which helps in the diagnosis of Type 2 diabetes mellitus and evaluation of the severity or progression of the disease (e.g., Caumo A, Bergman R N, Cobelli C, J Clin Endocrinol Metab 2000, 85(11): 4396-402). More particularly, the OGTT is extremely helpful in establishing the degree of hyperglycemia in patients with multiple borderline fasting blood glucose levels that have not been diagnosed as diabetics. In addition, the OGTT is useful in testing patients with symptoms of Type 2 diabetes mellitus where the possible diagnosis of abnormal carbohydrate metabolism has to be clearly established or refuted.
  • impaired glucose tolerance is diagnosed in individuals that have fasting blood glucose levels less than those required for a diagnosis of Type 2 diabetes mellitus, but have a plasma glucose response during the OGTT between normal and diabetics.
  • Impaired glucose tolerance is considered a pre-diabetic condition, and impaired glucose tolerance (as defined by the OGTT) is a strong predictor for the development of Type 2 diabetes mellitus (Haffner S M, Diabet Med 1997 August; 14 Suppl 3:S12-8).
  • Type 2 diabetes mellitus is a progressive disease associated with the reduction of pancreatic function and/or other insulin-related processes, aggravated by increased plasma glucose levels.
  • Type 2 diabetes mellitus usually has a prolonged pre-diabetic phase and various pathophysiological mechanisms can lead to pathological hyperglycemia and impaired glucose tolerance, for instance, abnormalities in glucose utilization and effectiveness, insulin action and/or insulin production in the prediabetic state (Goldberg R B, Med Clin North Am 1998 July; 82(4):805-21).
  • the pre-diabetic state associated with glucose intolerance can also be associated with a predisposition to abdominal obesity, insulin resistance, hyperlipidemia, and high blood pressure, that is, Syndrome X (Groop L, Forsblom C, Lehtovirta M, Am J Hypertens 1997 September; 10(9 Pt 2):1725-1805; Haffner S M, J Diabetes Complications 1997 March-April; 11(2):69-76; Beck-Nielsen H, Henriksen J E, Alford F, Hother-Nielson O, Diabet Med 1996 September; 13(9 Suppl 6):578-84).
  • Syndrome X Groop L, Forsblom C, Lehtovirta M, Am J Hypertens 1997 September; 10(9 Pt 2):1725-1805
  • Haffner S M J Diabetes Complications 1997 March-April; 11(2):69-76
  • Beck-Nielsen H Henriksen J E, Alford F, Hother-Niels
  • Type 2 diabetes mellitus Early intervention in individuals at risk to develop Type 2 diabetes mellitus, focusing on reducing the pathological hyperglycemia or impaired glucose tolerance may prevent or delay the progression towards Type 2 diabetes mellitus and associated complications and/or Syndrome X. Therefore, by effectively treating impaired oral glucose tolerance and/or elevated blood glucose levels, one can prevent or inhibit the progression of the disorder to Type 2 diabetes mellitus or Syndrome X.
  • Type 2 diabetes mellitus and Syndrome X Typical treatment of glucose disorders including Type 2 diabetes mellitus and Syndrome X focuses on maintaining the blood glucose level as near to normal as possible and includes diet and exercise, and when necessary, treatment with anti-diabetic agents, insulin or a combination thereof.
  • Type 2 diabetes mellitus that cannot be controlled by dietary management is treated with oral antidiabetic agents including, but not limited to, sulfonylureas (e.g., not limited to first generation: chlorpropamide, tolazamide, tolbutamide; second generation: glyburide, glipizide; and third generation: glimepiride), biguanides (e.g., metformin), thiazolidinediones (e.g., rosiglitazone, pioglitazone, troglitazone), alpha-glucosidase inhibitors (e.g., acarbose, miglitol), meglitinides (e.
  • First-line therapies typically include metformin and sulfonylureas as well as thiazolidinediones.
  • Metformin monotherapy is a first line choice, particularly for treating Type 2 diabetic patients who are also obese and/or dyslipidemic. Lack of an appropriate response to metformin is often followed by treatment with metformin in combination with sulfonylureas, thiazolidinediones, or insulin.
  • Sulfonylurea monotherapy (including all generations of drugs) is also a common first line option.
  • Another first line therapy choice may be thiazolidinediones. Patients who do not respond appropriately to oral anti-diabetic monotherapy, are given combinations of these agents.
  • insulin therapy is used either as a monotherapy, or in combination with oral antidiabetic agents.
  • additional strategies e.g., anti-hypertensive
  • Anti-diabetic agents include, but are not limited to:
  • Sulfonylureas which increase insulin production by stimulating pancreatic beta cells, and therefore act as insulin secretagogues.
  • the primary mechanism of action of sulfonylureas is to close ATP-sensitive potassium channels in the beta-cell plasma membrane, initiating a chain of events that result in insulin release.
  • Suitable examples of sulfonylureas include, but are not limited to chlorpropamide, tolazamide, tolbutamide, glyburide, glipizide, glimepiride, and like.
  • Meglitinides another class of insulin secretagogues, that have a mechanism of action distinct from that of the sulfonylureas.
  • Suitable examples of meglitinides include, but are not limited to repaglinide.
  • GLP-1 Glucagon-like Peptide-1
  • GIP Glucose-insulinotropic peptide
  • DPPIV Dipeptyl Protease Inhibitors
  • Biguanides which decrease liver glucose production and increase the uptake of glucose. Suitable examples include, but are not limited to metformin.
  • Thiazolidinediones insulin sensitizing drugs which decrease peripheral insulin resistance by enhancing the effects of insulin at target organs and tissues. These drugs bind and activate the nuclear receptor, peroxisome proliferator-activated receptor-gamma (PPAR-gamma) which increases transcription of specific insulin-responsive genes.
  • PPAR-gamma peroxisome proliferator-activated receptor-gamma
  • Suitable examples of PPAR-gamma agonists are the thiazolidinediones which include, but are not limited to rosiglitazone, pioglitazone, troglitazone, isaglitazone (known as MCC-555), 2-[2-[(2R)-4-hexyl-3,4-dihydro-3-oxo-2H-1,4-benzoxazin-2-yl]ethoxy]-benzene acetic acid, and the like. Additionally, the non-thiazolidinediones also act as insulin sensitizing drugs, and include, but are not limited to GW2570, and the like.
  • Retinoid-X receptor (RXR) modulators also insulin sensitizing drugs, which include, but are not limited to targretin, 9-cis-retinoic acid, and the like.
  • insulin sensitizing agents include, but are not limited to INS-1, PTP-1B inhibitors, GSK3 inhibitors, glycogen phosphorylase a inhibitors, fructose-1,6-bisphosphatase inhibitors, and the like.
  • Alpha-glucosidase inhibitors which act to inhibit alpha-glucosidase.
  • Alpha-glucosidase converts fructose to glucose, thus these inhibitors delay the digestion of carbohydrates.
  • the undigested carbohydrates are subsequently broken down in the gut, thereby reducing the post-prandial glucose peak.
  • Suitable examples include, but are not limited to, acarbose and miglitol.
  • Insulins including regular or short-acting, intermediate-acting, and long-acting insulins, inhaled insulin and insulin analogues such as insulin molecules with minor differences in the natural amino acid sequence. These modified insulins may have faster onset of action and/or shorter duration of action.
  • (l) Amylin agonists which include, but are not limited to pramlintide, and the like.
  • Glucagon antagonists such as AY-279955, and the like.
  • therapies may include add-on treatment with anti-obesity agents such as orlistat, a pancreatic lipase inhibitor, which prevents the breakdown and absorption of fat; or sibutramine, an appetite suppressant and inhibitor of the reuptake of serotonin, norepinephrine and dopamine in the brain.
  • anti-obesity agents such as orlistat, a pancreatic lipase inhibitor, which prevents the breakdown and absorption of fat
  • sibutramine an appetite suppressant and inhibitor of the reuptake of serotonin, norepinephrine and dopamine in the brain.
  • appetite-suppressants acting through adrenergic mechanisms such as benzphetamine, phenmetrazine, phentermine, diethylpropion, mazindol, sibutramine, phenylpropanolamine or, ephedrine; appetite-suppressant agents acting through serotonergic mechanisms such as quipazine, fluoxetine, sertraline, fenfluramine, or dexfenfluramine; appetite-suppressant agents acting through dopamine mechanisms, eg, apomorphine; appetite-suppressant agents acting through histaminergic mechanisms (eg, histamine mimetics, H3 receptor modulators); enhancers of energy expenditure such as beta-3 adrenergic agonists and stimulators of uncoupling protein function; leptin and leptin mimetics; neuropeptide Y antagonists; melanocortin-1, 3 and 4 receptor modulators; chol
  • the present invention is directed to methods of co-therapy for the treatment and prevention of glucose-related disorders, said methods comprising administering to a subject in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of co-therapy comprising (a) metformin or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof and (b) a compound of formula (I)
  • Ring A and Ring B are one of the followings:
  • Ring A is an optionally substituted unsaturated monocyclic heterocyclic ring
  • Ring B is an optionally substituted unsaturated monocyclic heterocyclic ring, an optionally substituted unsaturated fused heterobicyclic ring, or an optionally substituted benzene ring; or
  • Ring A is an optionally substituted benzene ring
  • Ring B is an optionally substituted unsaturated monocyclic heterocyclic ring, or an optionally substituted unsaturated fused heterobicyclic ring wherein Y is linked to the heterocyclic ring of the fused heterobicyclic ring;
  • Ring A is an optionally substituted unsaturated fused heterobicyclic ring, wherein the sugar moiety X-(sugar) and the moiety —Y-(Ring B) are both on the same heterocyclic ring of the fused heterobicyclic ring, and Ring B is an optionally substituted unsaturated monocyclic heterocyclic ring, an optionally substituted unsaturated fused heterobicyclic ring, or an optionally substituted benzene ring;
  • X is a carbon atom or a nitrogen atom
  • Y is —(CH 2 ) n — (wherein n is 1 or 2);
  • the present invention is further directed to methods of co-therapy for the treatment and prevention of glucose-related disorders, said methods comprising administering to a subject in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of co-therapy comprising (a) glyburide and (b) a compound of formula (I) or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • the present invention is further directed to (a) a compound of formula (I) or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof in combination with (b) metformin or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof for use in the treatment and prevention of glucose-related disorders
  • the present invention is further directed to (a) a compound of formula (I) or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof in combination with (b) metformin or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof and (c) a sulfonylurea (preferably glyburide) or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof for use in the treatment and prevention of glucose-related disorders.
  • a compound of formula (I) or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof in combination with (b) metformin or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof and (c) a sulfonylurea (preferably glyburide) or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof for use in the treatment and prevention of glucose-related disorders.
  • the present invention is further directed to methods of co-therapy for the treatment and prevention of glucose-related disorders, said methods comprising administering to a subject in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of co-therapy comprising (a) metformin or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof and (b) a compound of formula (I) or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof and (c) a sulfonylurea (preferably glyburide) or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • the present invention is further directed to a pharmaceutical composition comprising (a) metformin or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, (b) a compound of formula (I) or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof and (c) a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient.
  • An illustration of the invention is a pharmaceutical composition made by mixing comprising (a) metformin or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, (b) a compound of formula (I) or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof and (c) a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient.
  • Illustrating the invention is a process for making a pharmaceutical composition comprising mixing comprising (a) metformin or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, (b) a compound of formula (I) or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof and (c) a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient.
  • the present invention is further directed to a pharmaceutical composition
  • a pharmaceutical composition comprising (a) a sulfonylurea (preferably glyburide) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, (b) a compound of formula (I) or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof and (c) a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient.
  • An illustration of the invention is a pharmaceutical composition made by mixing comprising (a) a sulfonylurea (preferably glyburide) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, (b) a compound of formula (I) or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof and (c) a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient.
  • Illustrating the invention is a process for making a pharmaceutical composition
  • a pharmaceutical composition comprising mixing comprising (a) a sulfonylurea (preferably glyburide) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, (b) a compound of formula (I) or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof and (c) a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient.
  • the present invention is further directed to a pharmaceutical composition
  • a pharmaceutical composition comprising (a) metformin or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, (b) a compound of formula (I) or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, (c) a sulfonylurea or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, and (d) a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient.
  • An illustration of the invention is a pharmaceutical composition made by mixing comprising (a) metformin or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, (b) a compound of formula (I) or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, (c) a sulfonylurea or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, and (d) a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient.
  • Illustrating the invention is a process for making a pharmaceutical composition
  • a pharmaceutical composition comprising mixing comprising (a) metformin or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, (b) a compound of formula (I) or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, (c) a sulfonylurea or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, and (d) a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient.
  • the present invention is directed to methods for the treatment and prevention of glucose related disorders comprising administering to a subject in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of co-therapy comprising (a) metformin or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof and (b) a compound of formula (I)
  • Ring A, Ring B, X and Y are as herein defined; or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • the compounds of the formula (I) exhibit an inhibitory activity against sodium-dependent glucose transporter, such as for example SGLT2.
  • the compounds of formula (I) exhibit an inhibitory activity against sodium-dependent glucose transporter, present in the intestine and the kidney of mammalian species, and further exhibit a blood glucose lowering effect.
  • the compounds of formula (I) may be prepared according to the process as disclosed in Nomura, S. et al., US Patent Publication, US 2005/0233988 A1, published Oct. 20, 2005, which is incorporated by reference herein.
  • the present invention is directed to methods for the treatment and prevention of glucose related disorders comprising administering to a subject in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of co-therapy comprising (a) metformin or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof and (b) a compound of formula (I-X)
  • the compound of formula (I-X) is the crystalline form of the hemihydrate of the compound of Formula (I-X), as described in WO 2008/069327, the disclosure of which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety.
  • the present invention is directed to methods for the treatment and prevention of glucose related disorders comprising administering to a subject in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of co-therapy comprising (a) metformin or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof and (b) a compound of formula (I-Y)
  • the present invention is further directed to methods for the treatment and prevention of glucose related disorders comprising administering to a subject in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of co-therapy comprising (a) a sulfonylurea (preferably glyburide) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, and (b) a compound of formula (I)
  • Ring A, Ring B, X and Y are as herein defined; or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • the present invention is directed to methods for the treatment and prevention of glucose related disorders comprising administering to a subject in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of co-therapy comprising (a) a sulfonylurea (preferably glyburide) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, and (b) a compound of formula (I-X) or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • the present invention is directed to methods for the treatment and prevention of glucose related disorders comprising administering to a subject in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of co-therapy comprising (a) a sulfonylurea (preferably glyburide) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, and (b) a compound of formula (I-Y) or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • a sulfonylurea preferably glyburide
  • a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof preferably glyburide
  • Metformin and more particularly metformin hydrochloride is an oral anti-diabetic drug of the biguanide class.
  • Metformin is a first-line therapy for Type 2 diabetes mellitis, particularly in overweight and obese people.
  • the usual starting dose of metformin (for example, as metformin hydrochloride tablets) in the United States and certain other countries is 500 mg twice a day or 850 mg once a day, given with meals.
  • the daily dosage may be increases in increments of 500 mg weekly or 850 mg every 2 weeks, up to a total of 2000 mg per day, given in divided doses. Patients can also be titrated from 500 mg twice a day to 850 mg twice a day after 2 weeks. For those patients requiring additional glycemic control, metformin may be given to a maximum daily dose of 2550 mg per day. Doses above 2000 mg may be better tolerated given three times a day with meals.
  • the metformin or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof is metformin hydrochloride.
  • Glyburide (also known as glibenclamide, and further known by the trade names DIABETA, GLYNASE PRESTAB, MICRONASE and others) is an oral anti-diabetic of the sulfonylurea class. Glyburide is used for the treatment of Type II diabetes mellitus and works by inhibiting ATP-sensitive potassium channels in pancreatic beta cells. This inhibition causes cell membrane depolarization, which causes voltage-dependent calcium channels to open, which in turn causes an increase in intracellular calcium in the beta cell, which stimulates insulin release.
  • the starting dosage for glyburide is typically 2.5 mg to 5 mg (1.5 gm to 3 mg, if administered as micronized glyburide) taken daily with meals.
  • glyburide dosages may be gradually increased (in steps of 2.5 mg or less per week) up to 20 mg daily (or up to 12 mg daily if administered as micronized glyburide).
  • Glyburide may also be administered in combination with metformin, and is available as in combination with metformin under the trade names GLUCOVANCE and GLIBOMET.
  • the present invention is further directed to methods for the treatment and prevention of glucose related disorders comprising administering to a subject in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of co-therapy comprising (a) metformin or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof and (b) a compound of formula (I) or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, and (c) a sulfonylurea or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • the present invention is directed to methods for the treatment and prevention of glucose related disorders comprising administering to a subject in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of co-therapy comprising (a) metformin or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof and (b) a compound of formula (I-X) or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, and (c) a sulfonylurea or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • the present invention is directed to methods for the treatment and prevention of glucose related disorders comprising administering to a subject in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of co-therapy comprising (a) metformin or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof and (b) a compound of formula (I-Y) or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, and (c) a sulfonylurea or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • the present invention is further directed to methods for the treatment and prevention of glucose related disorders comprising administering to a subject in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of co-therapy comprising (a) metformin or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof and (b) a compound of formula (I) or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, and (c) glyburide.
  • the present invention is directed to methods for the treatment and prevention of glucose related disorders comprising administering to a subject in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of co-therapy comprising (a) metformin or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof and (b) a compound of formula (I-X) or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, and (c) glyburide.
  • the present invention is directed to methods for the treatment and prevention of glucose related disorders comprising administering to a subject in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of co-therapy comprising (a) metformin or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof and (b) a compound of formula (I-Y) or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, and (c) glyburide.
  • Sulfonylureas are a class of pharmaceutical compounds which increase insulin production by stimulating pancreatic beta cells, and therefore act as insulin secretagogues.
  • the primary mechanism of action of sulfonylureas is to close ATP-sensitive potassium channels in the beta-cell plasma membrane, initiating a chain of events that result in insulin release.
  • Suitable examples of sulfonylureas include, but are not limited to chlorpropamide, tolazamide, tolbutamide, glyburide, glipizide, glimepiride, and like.
  • a representative dosage for chlorpropamide is 100-250 mg QD; for tolazamide (TOLINASE®) is 250 mg QD or BID; for tolbutamide (ORINASE®) is 1000 mg BID or TID; for glimepiride (AMARYL®) is 2 mg QD; for glipizide (GLUCOTROL®) is 5-10 mg QD or BID; and for glyburide (DIABETA®, MICRONASE®) is 2.5-5 mg QD or BID.
  • the sulfonylurea is selected from the group consisting of chlorpropamide, tolazamide and tolbutamide; wherein the sulfonylurea is present in (administered in) an amount in the range of from about 100 mg to about 3000 mg, or any amount or range therein, preferably in an amount in the range of from about 100 mg to about 1000 mg, or any amount or range therein.
  • the sulfonylurea is selected from the group consisting of glyburide, glipizide and glimepiride; and is present in an amount in the range of from about 0.1 mg to about 50 mg, or any amount or range therein, preferably in an amount in the range of from about 1.0 mg to about 50 mg, more preferably in an amount in the range of from about 2.0 mg to about 25 mg, or any amount or range therein.
  • the sulfonylurea is glyburide; wherein the glyburide is present in (administered in) an amount in the range of from about 1.0 mg to about 20 mg daily, or any amount or range therein; preferably in an amount in the range of from about 2.5 mg to about 20 mg, daily, or any amount or range therein, more preferably in an amount in the range of from about 2.5 mg to about 10 mg daily, or any amount or range therein, more preferably in an amount in the range of from about 2.5 mg to about 5 mg daily, or any amount or range therein.
  • the present invention is further directed to a pharmaceutical composition comprising a therapeutically effective amount of co-therapy comprising (a) metformin or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof; and (b) a compound of formula (I) or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • the present invention is further directed to a pharmaceutical composition comprising a therapeutically effective amount of co-therapy comprising (a) glyburide; and (b) a compound of formula (I) or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • the present invention is further directed to a pharmaceutical composition
  • a pharmaceutical composition comprising a therapeutically effective amount of co-therapy comprising (a) metformin or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof; (b) a compound of formula (I) or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, and (c) a sulfonylurea or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • the present invention is directed to a pharmaceutical composition comprising (a) metformin or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof and (b) a compound of formula (I-X) or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • the present invention is directed to a pharmaceutical composition comprising (a) metformin or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof and (b) a compound of formula (I-Y) or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • the pharmaceutical composition is an immediate release dosage form.
  • the pharmaceutical composition is an extended release dosage form, wherein the dosage form releases the one or more of the active ingredients over a period of time in the range of from about 8 to about 24 hours, or any amount or range therein.
  • the present invention is directed to a pharmaceutical composition comprising (a) glyburide and (b) a compound of formula (I-X) or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • the present invention is directed to a pharmaceutical composition comprising (a) glyburide and (b) a compound of formula (I-Y) or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • said pharmaceutical composition is an immediate release dosage form.
  • the pharmaceutical composition is an extended release dosage form, wherein the dosage form releases the one or more of the active ingredients over a period of time in the range of from about 8 to about 24 hours, or any amount or range therein.
  • the present invention is directed to a pharmaceutical composition
  • a pharmaceutical composition comprising (a) metformin or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, (b) a compound of formula (I-X) or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, and (c) a sulfonylurea or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • the present invention is directed to a pharmaceutical composition comprising (a) metformin or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, (b) a compound of formula (I-Y) or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, and (c) a sulfonylurea or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • the pharmaceutical composition is an immediate release dosage form.
  • the pharmaceutical composition is an extended release dosage form, wherein the dosage form releases one or more of the active ingredients over a period of time in the range of from about 8 to about 24 hours, or any amount or range therein, preferably over a time in the range of from about 8 hours to about 12 hours, or any amount or range therein.
  • the present invention is directed to a pharmaceutical composition wherein the metformin or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof is metformin hydrochloride.
  • the present invention is directed to a pharmaceutical composition wherein the metformin hydrochloride is present at a dosage amount in the range of from about 100 mg to about 2000 mg, preferably from about 250 mg to about 2000 mg, preferably from about 250 mg to about 1000 mg, or any amount or range therein.
  • the present invention is directed to a pharmaceutical composition wherein the metformin hydrochloride is present at a dosage amount selected from the group consisting of 250 mg, 500 mg, 750 mg, 850 mg, 1000 mg, 1700 mg and 2000 mg.
  • the present invention is directed to a pharmaceutical composition wherein the glyburide is present at a dosage amount in the range of from about 1.0 mg to about 20.0 mg, preferably from about 2.5 mg to about 20.0 mg, more preferably from about 2.5 mg to about 10.0 mg, or any amount or range therein.
  • the present invention is directed to a pharmaceutical composition wherein the glyburide is present at a dosage amount selected from the group consisting of 1.0, 1.5, 2.5, 5.0, 7.5, 10, 12.5, 15 and 20 mg.
  • the present invention is directed to a pharmaceutical composition wherein the compound of formula (I) or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof is selected from the group consisting of a compound of formula (I-X) or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof; and a compound of formula (I-Y) or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • the present invention is directed to a pharmaceutical composition wherein the compound of formula (I) or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof is the compound of formula (I-X) or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • the present invention is directed to a pharmaceutical composition wherein the compound of formula (I-X) or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof is present at a dosage amount in the range of from about 1 mg to about 500 mg, preferably from about 1 mg to about 300 mg, preferably from about 25 mg to about 300 mg, or any amount or range therein.
  • the present invention is directed to a pharmaceutical composition wherein the compound of formula (I-X) or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof is present at a dosage amount in the range of from about 25 mg to about 300 mg, preferably selected from the group consisting of 50 mg, 100 mg, 150 mg, 200 mg and 300 mg.
  • the present invention is directed to a pharmaceutical composition wherein the compound of formula (I-Y) or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof is present at a dosage amount in the range of from 1 mg to about 500 mg, preferably from about 1 mg to about 100 mg, or from about 1 mg to about 50 mg, or any amount or range therein.
  • the present invention is directed to a pharmaceutical composition wherein the compound of formula (I-Y) or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof is present at a dosage amount selected from the group consisting of 1 mg, 5 mg, 10 mg, 25 mg, 50 mg and 100 mg.
  • the present invention is directed to a pharmaceutical composition
  • a pharmaceutical composition comprising:
  • metformin or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof is present in an amount in the range of from about 100 mg to about 2000 mg, preferably from about 500 mg to about 1000 mg, or any amount or range therein;
  • the compound of formula (I) or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof is present in an amount in the range of from about 1 mg to about 1000 mg, or any amount or range therein (preferably in an amount in the range of from about 1 mg to about 500 mg, or any amount or range therein, more preferably in an amount in the range of from about 10 mg to about 300 mg, or any amount or range therein).
  • the present invention is directed to a pharmaceutical composition
  • a pharmaceutical composition comprising:
  • glyburide (a) glyburide; wherein the glyburide is present in an amount in the range of from about 1.0 mg to about 20 mg, preferably from about 2.5 mg to about 20 mg, or any amount or range therein;
  • a compound of formula (I) or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof (wherein the compound of formula (I) or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof is preferably selected from the group consisting of a compound of formula (I-X) or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof; and a compound of formula (I-Y) or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof); wherein the compound of formula (I) or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof is present in an amount in the range of from about 1 mg to about 1000 mg, or any amount or range therein (preferably in an amount in the range of from about 1 mg to about 500 mg, or any amount or range therein, more preferably in an amount in the range of from about 10 mg to about 300 mg, or any amount or range therein).
  • the compound of formula (I) is a compound of formula (I-X) and is present in the pharmaceutical composition in an amount in the range of from about 1 mg to about 1000 mg, or any amount or range therein, preferably in an amount in the range of from about 50 mg to about 300 mg, or any amount or range therein.
  • the compound of formula (I) is a compound of formula (I-Y) and is present in the pharmaceutical composition in an amount in the range of from about 1 mg to about 1000 mg, or any amount or range therein, preferably in an amount in the range of from about 1 mg to about 100 mg, or any amount or range therein, more preferably in an amount in the range of from about 10 mg to about 50 mg, or any range thereof.
  • the present invention is directed to a pharmaceutical composition
  • a pharmaceutical composition comprising:
  • metformin or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof wherein the metformin or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof is present in an amount in the range of from about 100 mg to about 2000 mg, preferably from about 500 mg or about 1000 mg, or any amount or range therein;
  • a compound of formula (I) or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof wherein the compound of formula (I) is preferably selected from the group consisting of a compound of formula (I-X) or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof; and a compound of formula (I-Y) or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof); wherein the compound of formula (I) or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof is present in an amount in the range of from about 1 mg to about 1000 mg, or any amount or range therein (preferably in an amount in the range of from about 1 mg to about 500 mg, or any amount or range therein, more preferably in an amount in the range of from about 10 mg to about 300 mg, or any amount or range therein); and
  • glyburide wherein the glyburide is present in an amount in the range of from about 1.0 mg to about 20 mg, preferably from about 2.5 mg to about 20 mg, or any amount or range therein.
  • the present invention is directed to a pharmaceutical composition
  • a pharmaceutical composition comprising (a) metformin hydrochloride; (b) a compound of formula (I) or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof selected from the group consisting of a compound of formula (I-X) or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof; and a compound of formula (I-Y) or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof; and one or more pharmaceutically acceptable excipients.
  • the pharmaceutically acceptable excipients include but are not limited to, disintegrants, binders, diluents, lubricants, stabilizers, antioxidants, surfactants, colorants, plasticizers, coatings and the like.
  • suitable pharmaceutical excipients comprise one or more of the following: (i) diluents such as lactose, microcrystalline cellulose, dicalcium phosphate, starch and the like; (ii) binders such as polyvinylpyrrolidone (such as POVIDONE), methylcellulose, hydroxypropyl cellulose, hydroxypropyl methylcellulose (such as METHOCELTM E-5), and the like; (iii) disintegrants such as sodium starch glycolate, croscamellose sodium, crospovidone and the like; (iv) wetting agents such as surfactants, such as sodium lauryl stearate, polysorbate 20, and the like; (v) lubricants such as magnesium stearate, sodium stearyl fumarate, talc, and the like; (vi) flow promoters or glidants such as colloidal silicon dioxide, talc and the like; and other excipients known to be useful in the preparation of pharmaceutical compositions.
  • the present invention is directed to a pharmaceutical composition as described above, further comprising a sulfonylurea or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • Fillers or diluents for use in the pharmaceutical compositions of the present invention include fillers or diluents typically used in the formulation of pharmaceuticals.
  • fillers or diluents for use in accordance with the present invention include but are not limited to sugars such as lactose, dextrose, glucose, sucrose, cellulose, starches and carbohydrate derivatives, polysaccharides (including dextrates and maltodextrin), polyols (including mannitol, xylitol, and sorbitol), cyclodextrins, calcium carbonates, magnesium carbonates, microcrystalline cellulose, combinations thereof, and the like.
  • Binders for use in the pharmaceutical compositions of the present invention include binders commonly used in the formulation of pharmaceuticals.
  • binders for use in accordance with the present invention include but are not limited to cellulose derivatives (including hydroxypropyl cellulose, hydroxypropyl methylcellulose, methylcellulose, and sodium carboxymethyl cellulose), glycol, sucrose, dextrose, corn syrup, polysaccharides (including acacia, targacanth, guar, alginates and starch), corn starch, pregelatinized starch, modified corn starch, gelatin, polyvinylpyrrolidone, polyethylene, polyethylene glycol, combinations thereof and the like.
  • Disintegrants for use in the pharmaceutical compositions of the present invention include disintegrants commonly used in the formulation of pharmaceuticals.
  • examples of disintegrants for use in accordance with the present invention include but are not limited to starches, and crosslinked starches, celluloses and polymers, combinations thereof and the like.
  • Representative disintegrants include microcrystalline cellulose, croscarmellose sodium, alginic acid, sodium alginate, crosprovidone, cellulose, agar and related gums, sodium starch glycolate, corn starch, potato starch, sodium starch glycolate, Veegum HV, methylcellulose, agar, bentonite, sodium carboxymethylcellulose, calcium carboxymethylcellulose, carboxymethylcellulose, alginic acid, guar gum combinations thereof, and the like.
  • Lubricants, glidants or anti-tacking agents for use in the pharmaceutical compositions of the present invention include lubricants, glidants and anti-tacking agents commonly used in the formulation of pharmaceuticals.
  • examples for use in accordance with the present invention include but are not limited to magnesium carbonate, magnesium laurylsulphate, calcium silicate, talc, fumed silicon dioxide, combinations thereof, and the like.
  • Suitable lubricants include but are not limited to magnesium stearate, calcium stearate, stearic acid, sodium stearyl fumarate, polyethylene glycol, sodium lauryl sulphate, magnesium lauryl sulphate, sodium benzoate, colloidal silicon dioxide, magnesium oxide, magnesium silicate, mineral oil, hydrogenated vegetable oils, waxes, glyceryl behenate, polyethylene glycol, and combinations thereof, and the like.
  • Surfactants for use in the pharmaceutical compositions of the present invention include surfactants commonly used in the formulation of pharmaceuticals.
  • surfactants for use in accordance with the present invention include but are not limited to ionic- and nonionic surfactants or wetting agents commonly used in the formulation of pharmaceuticals, such as ethoxylated castor oil, polyglycolyzed glycerides, acetylated monoglycerides, sorbitan fatty acid esters, poloxamers, polyoxyethylene sorbitan fatty acid esters, polyoxyethylene derivatives, monoglycerides or ethoxylated derivatives thereof, diglycerides or polyoxyethylene derivatives thereof, sodium docusate, sodium laurylsulfate, cholic acid or derivatives thereof, lecithins, phospholipids, combinations thereof, and the like.
  • MC methylcellulose
  • EC ethylcellulose
  • HEC hydroxyethylcellulose
  • MHEC methyl hydroxyethylcellulose
  • HPMC hydroxypropyl methylcellulose
  • NaCMC sodium carboxymethylcellulose
  • the pharmaceutical compositions can further comprise antioxidants and chelating agents.
  • the pharmaceutical formulations can comprise butylated hydroxyanisole (BHA), butylated hydroxytoluene (BHT), propyl gallate (PG), sodium metabisulfite, ascorbyl palmitate, potassium metabisulfite, disodium EDTA (ethylenediamine tetraacetic acid; also known as disodium edentate), EDTA, tartaric acid, citric acid, citric acid monohydrate, and sodium sulfite.
  • BHA butylated hydroxyanisole
  • BHT butylated hydroxytoluene
  • PG propyl gallate
  • sodium metabisulfite sodium metabisulfite
  • ascorbyl palmitate sodium metabisulfite
  • potassium metabisulfite sodium metabisulfite
  • disodium EDTA ethylenediamine tetraacetic acid; also known as disodium edentate
  • EDTA tartaric acid
  • the pharmaceutical compositions may further optionally comprise one or more flow regulators (or glidants).
  • Flow regulators may be present in powders or granules and are admixed in order to increase their flowability of the composition during manufacture, particularly in the preparation of tablets produced by pressing powders or granules.
  • Flow regulators which can be employed include, but are not limited to, highly disperse silicon dioxide (Aerosil) or dried starch.
  • the appropriate pharmaceutically acceptable excipients are selected such that they are compatible with other excipients and do not bind with the drug compound(s) (active ingredient(s)) or cause drug degradation.
  • Tablet compositions may further optionally comprise a coating.
  • Suitable coatings include, but are not limited to, film-forming polymers, such as, for example, those from the group of the cellulose derivatives, dextrins, starches, natural gums, such as, for example, gum arabic, xanthans, alginates, polyvinyl alcohol, polymethacrylates and derivatives thereof, such as, for example, Eudragit®; which may be applied to the tablet as solutions or suspensions by means of the various pharmaceutical conventional methods, such as, for example, film coating.
  • film-forming polymers such as, for example, those from the group of the cellulose derivatives, dextrins, starches, natural gums, such as, for example, gum arabic, xanthans, alginates, polyvinyl alcohol, polymethacrylates and derivatives thereof, such as, for example, Eudragit®; which may be applied to the tablet as solutions or suspensions by means of the various pharmaceutical conventional methods, such as, for example, film coating.
  • the coating is typically applied as a solutions/suspensions which, in addition to any film-forming polymer present, may further comprise one or more adjuvants, such as hydrophilisers, plasticisers, surfactants, dyes and white pigments, such as, for example, titanium dioxide.
  • adjuvants such as hydrophilisers, plasticisers, surfactants, dyes and white pigments, such as, for example, titanium dioxide.
  • the pharmaceutical composition preferably comprising between about 5% and about 50% by weight of diluents (relative to the total weight of the composition or composition layer), more preferably between about 5% and about 25% by weight diluent, more preferably still about 7% diluent.
  • the pharmaceutical composition preferably comprising between about 1% and about 10% by weight of binder (relative to the total weight of the composition or composition layer), more preferably between about 3% and about 5% by weight binder, more preferably still about 4% binder.
  • the pharmaceutical composition preferably comprising between about 1% and about 10% by weight of disintegrant (relative to the total weight of the composition or composition layer), more preferably between about 2% and about 5% by weight disintegrant, more preferably still about 3% disintegrant.
  • the pharmaceutical composition preferably comprising between about 0% and about 5% by weight of wetting agent (relative to the total weight of the composition or composition layer), more preferably between about 0.1% and about 2% by weight wetting agent, more preferably still about 0.3% wetting agent.
  • the pharmaceutical composition preferably comprising between about 0% and about 3% by weight of lubricant (relative to the total weight of the composition or composition layer), more preferably between about 0.1% and about 2% by weight lubricant, more preferably still about 0.5% lubricant.
  • halogen atom or “halo” means chlorine, bromine, fluorine and iodine, and chlorine and fluorine are preferable.
  • alkyl group means a straight or branched saturated monovalent hydrocarbon chain having 1 to 12 carbon atoms.
  • the straight chain or branched chain alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms is preferable, and the straight chain or branched chain alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms is more preferable.
  • alkyl group examples thereof are methyl group, ethyl group, propyl group, isopropyl group, butyl group, t-butyl group, isobutyl group, pentyl group, hexyl group, isohexyl group, heptyl group, 4,4-dimethylpentyl group, octyl group, 2,2,4-trimethylpentyl group, nonyl group, decyl group, and various branched chain isomers thereof.
  • the alkyl group may optionally and independently be substituted by 1 to 4 substituents as listed below, if necessary.
  • alkylene group or “alkylene” means a straight or branched divalent saturated hydrocarbon chain having 1 to 12 carbon atoms.
  • the straight chain or branched chain alkylene group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms is preferable, and the straight chain or branched chain alkylene group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms is more preferable. Examples thereof are methylene group, ethylene group, propylene group, trimethylene group, etc. If necessary, the alkylene group may optionally be substituted in the same manner as the above-mentioned “alkyl group”.
  • alkylene groups as defined above attach at two different carbon atoms of the benzene ring, they form an annelated five, six or seven membered carbocycle together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached, and may optionally be substituted by one or more substituents defined below.
  • alkenyl group means a straight or branched monovalent hydrocarbon chain having 2 to 12 carbon atoms and having at least one double bond.
  • Preferable alkenyl group is a straight chain or branched chain alkenyl group having 2 to 6 carbon atoms, and the straight chain or branched chain alkenyl group having 2 to 4 carbon atoms is more preferable.
  • Examples thereof are vinyl group, 2-propenyl group, 3-butenyl group, 2-butenyl group, 4-pentenyl group, 3-pentenyl group, 2-hexenyl group, 3-hexenyl group, 2-heptenyl group, 3-heptenyl group, 4-heptenyl group, 3-octenyl group, 3-nonenyl group, 4-decenyl group, 3-undecenyl group, 4-dodecenyl group, 4,8,12-tetradecatrienyl group, etc.
  • the alkenyl group may optionally and independently be substituted by 1 to 4 substituents as mentioned below, if necessary.
  • alkenylene group means a straight or branched divalent hydrocarbon chain having 2 to 12 carbon atoms and having at least one double bond.
  • the straight chain or branched chain alkenylene group having 2 to 6 carbon atoms is preferable, and the straight chain or branched chain alkenylene group having 2 to 4 carbon atoms is more preferable. Examples thereof are vinylene group, propenylene group, butadienylene group, etc.
  • the alkylene group may optionally be substituted by 1 to 4 substituents as mentioned below, if necessary.
  • alkenylene groups as defined above attach at two different carbon atoms of the benzene ring, they form an annelated five, six or seven membered carbocycle (e.g., a fused benzene ring) together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached, and may optionally be substituted by one or more substituents defined below.
  • alkynyl group means a straight or branched monovalent hydrocarbon chain having at least one triple bond.
  • the preferable alkynyl group is a straight chain or branched chain alkynyl group having 2 to 6 carbon atoms, and the straight chain or branched chain alkynyl group having 2 to 4 carbon atoms is more preferable.
  • Examples thereof are 2-propynyl group, 3-butynyl group, 2-butynyl group, 4-pentynyl group, 3-pentynyl group, 2-hexynyl group, 3-hexynyl group, 2-heptynyl group, 3-heptynyl group, 4-heptynyl group, 3-octynyl group, 3-nonynyl group, 4-decynyl group, 3-undecynyl group, 4-dodecynyl group, etc.
  • the alkynyl group may optionally and independently be substituted by 1 to 4 substituents as mentioned below, if necessary.
  • cycloalkyl group means a monocyclic or bicyclic monovalent saturated hydrocarbon ring having 3 to 12 carbon atoms, and the monocyclic saturated hydrocarbon group having 3 to 7 carbon atoms is more preferable.
  • examples thereof are a monocyclic alkyl group and a bicyclic alkyl group such as cyclopropyl group, cyclobutyl group, cyclopentyl group, cyclohexyl group, cycloheptyl group, cyclooctyl group, cyclodecyl group, etc.
  • These groups may optionally and independently be substituted by 1 to 4 substituents as mentioned below, if necessary.
  • the cycloalkyl group may optionally be condensed with a saturated hydrocarbon ring or an unsaturated hydrocarbon ring (said saturated hydrocarbon ring and unsaturated hydrocarbon ring may optionally contain an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom, a sulfur atom, SO or SO 2 within the ring, if necessary), and the condensed saturated hydrocarbon ring and the condensed unsaturated hydrocarbon ring may be optionally and independently be substituted by 1 to 4 substituents as mentioned below.
  • cycloalkylidene group means a monocyclic or bicyclic divalent saturated hydrocarbon ring having 3 to 12 carbon atoms, and the monocyclic saturated hydrocarbon group having 3 to 6 carbon atoms is preferable.
  • examples thereof are a monocyclic alkylidene group and a bicyclic alkylidene group such as cyclopropylidene group, cyclobutylidene group, cyclopentylidine group, cyclohexylidene group, etc.
  • These groups may optionally and independently be substituted by 1 to 4 substituents as mentioned below, if necessary.
  • the cycloalkylidene group may optionally be condensed with a saturated hydrocarbon ring or an unsaturated hydrocarbon ring (said saturated hydrocarbon ring and unsaturated hydrocarbon ring may optionally contain an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom, a sulfur atom, SO or SO 2 within the ring, if necessary), and the condensed saturated hydrocarbon ring and the unsaturated hydrocarbon ring may be optionally and independently be substituted by 1 to 4 substituents as mentioned below.
  • cycloalkenyl group means a monocyclic or bicyclic monovalent unsaturated hydrocarbon ring having 4 to 12 carbon atoms and having at least one double bond.
  • the preferable cycloalkenyl group is a monocyclic unsaturated hydrocarbon group having 4 to 7 carbon atoms. Examples thereof are monocyclic alkenyl groups such as cyclopentenyl group, cyclopentadienyl group, cyclohexenyl group, etc. These groups may optionally and independently be substituted by 1 to 4 substituents as mentioned below, if necessary.
  • the cycloalkenyl group may optionally be condensed with a saturated hydrocarbon ring or an unsaturated hydrocarbon ring (said saturated hydrocarbon ring and unsaturated hydrocarbon ring may optionally contain an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom, a sulfur atom, SO or SO 2 within the ring, if necessary), and the condensed saturated hydrocarbon ring and the unsaturated hydrocarbon ring may be optionally and independently be substituted by 1 to 4 substituents as mentioned below.
  • cycloalkynyl group means a monocyclic or bicyclic unsaturated hydrocarbon ring having 6 to 12 carbon atoms, and having at least one triple bond.
  • the preferable cycloalkynyl group is a monocyclic unsaturated hydrocarbon group having 6 to 8 carbon atoms. Examples thereof are monocyclic alkynyl groups such as cyclooctynyl group, cyclodecynyl group. These groups may optionally be substituted by 1 to 4 substituents as mentioned below, if necessary.
  • the cycloalkynyl group may optionally and independently be condensed with a saturated hydrocarbon ring or an unsaturated hydrocarbon ring (said saturated hydrocarbon ring and unsaturated hydrocarbon ring may optionally contain an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom, a sulfur atom, SO or SO 2 within the ring, if necessary), and the condensed saturated hydrocarbon ring or the unsaturated hydrocarbon ring may be optionally and independently be substituted by 1 to 4 substituents as mentioned below.
  • aryl group means a monocyclic or bicyclic monovalent aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms. Examples thereof are phenyl group, naphthyl group (including 1-naphthyl group and 2-naphthyl group). These groups may optionally and independently be substituted by 1 to 4 substituents as mentioned below, if necessary.
  • the aryl group may optionally be condensed with a saturated hydrocarbon ring or an unsaturated hydrocarbon ring (said saturated hydrocarbon ring and unsaturated hydrocarbon ring may optionally contain an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom, a sulfur atom, SO or SO 2 within the ring, if necessary), and the condensed saturated hydrocarbon ring or the unsaturated hydrocarbon ring may be optionally and independently be substituted by 1 to 4 substituents as mentioned below.
  • saturated monocyclic heterocyclic ring means an unsaturated hydrocarbon ring containing 1-4 heteroatoms independently selected from a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom and a sulfur atom, and the preferable one is a 4- to 7-membered saturated or unsaturated hydrocarbon ring containing 1-4 heteroatoms independently selected from a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom and a sulfur atom.
  • pyridine, pyrimidine, pyrazine, furan, thiophene, pyrrole, imidazole, oxazole, and thiazole can be preferably used.
  • the “unsaturated monocyclic heterocyclic ring” may optionally and independently be substituted by 1-4 substituents as mentioned below, if necessary.
  • saturated fused heterobicyclic ring means hydrocarbon ring comprised of a saturated or a unsaturated hydrocarbon ring condensed with the above mentioned unsaturated monocyclic heterocyclic ring where said saturated hydrocarbon ring and said unsaturated hydrocarbon ring may optionally contain an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom, a sulfur atom, SO, or SO 2 within the ring, if necessary.
  • the “unsaturated fused heterobicyclic ring” includes, for example, benzothiophene, indole, tetrahydrobenzothiophene, benzofuran, isoquinoline, thienothiophene, thienopyridine, quinoline, indoline, isoindoline, benzothiazole, benzoxazole, indazole, dihydroisoquinoline, etc. Further, the “heterocyclic ring” also includes possible N- or S-oxides thereof.
  • heterocyclyl means a monovalent group of the above-mentioned unsaturated monocyclic heterocyclic ring or unsaturated fused heterobicyclic ring and a monovalent group of the saturated version of the above-mentioned unsaturated monocyclic heterocyclic or unsaturated fused heterobicyclic ring. If necessary, the heterocyclyl may optionally and independently be substituted by 1 to 4 substituents as mentioned below.
  • alkanoyl group means a formyl group and ones formed by binding an “alkyl group” to a carbonyl group.
  • alkoxy group means ones formed by binding an “alkyl group” to an oxygen atom.
  • each group includes, for example, a halogen atom (e.g., fluorine, chlorine, bromine, iodine), a nitro group, a cyano group, an oxo group, a hydroxy group, a mercapto group, a carboxyl group, a sulfo group, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, a cycloalkyl group, a cycloalkylidenemethyl group, a cycloalkenyl group, a cycloalkynyl group, an aryl group, a heterocyclyl group, an alkoxy group, an alkenyloxy group, an alkynyloxy group, a cycloalkyloxy group, a cycloalkenyloxy group, a cycloalkynyloxy group, an aryloxy group, a heterocyclyloxy group, an alkanoyl group,
  • haloalkyl group a halo-lower alkyl group, a haloalkoxy group, a halo-lower alkoxy group, a halophenyl group, or a haloheterocyclyl group
  • a haloalkyl group a halo-lower alkyl group, a haloalkoxy group, a halo-lower alkoxy group, a halophenyl group, or a haloheterocyclyl group
  • an alkyl group an alkoxy group, a lower alkoxy group, a phenyl group or a heterocyclyl group (hereinafter, referred to as an alkyl group, etc.) being substituted by one or more halogen atoms, respectively.
  • Preferable ones are an alkyl group, etc.
  • hydroxyalkyl group, a hydroxy-lower alkyl group, a hydroxyalkoxy group, a hydroxy-lower alkoxy group and a hydroxyphenyl group mean an alkyl group, etc., being substituted by one or more hydroxy groups.
  • Preferable ones are an alkyl group, etc., being substituted by 1 to 4 hydroxy groups, and more preferable ones are an alkyl group, etc., being substituted by 1 to 2 hydroxy groups.
  • an alkoxyalkyl group a lower alkoxyalkyl group, an alkoxy-lower alkyl group, a lower alkoxy-lower alkyl group, an alkoxyalkoxy group, a lower alkoxyalkoxy group, an alkoxy-lower alkoxy group, a lower alkoxy-lower alkoxy group, an alkoxyphenyl group, and a lower alkoxyphenyl group means an alkyl group, etc., being substituted by one or more alkoxy groups.
  • Preferable ones are an alkyl group, etc., being substituted by 1 to 4 alkoxy groups, and more preferable ones are an alkyl group, etc., being substituted by 1 to 2 alkoxy groups.
  • arylakyl and arylalkoxy as used alone or as part of another group refer to alkyl and alkoxy groups as described above having an aryl substituent.
  • lower used in the definitions for the formulae in the present specification means a straight or branched carbon chain having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, unless defined otherwise. More preferably, it means a straight or branched carbon chain having 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
  • Examples of the optionally substituted unsaturated monocyclic heterocyclic ring of the present invention include an unsaturated monocyclic heterocyclic ring which may optionally be substituted by 1-5 substituents selected from the group consisting of a halogen atom, a nitro group, a cyano group, an oxo group, a hydroxyl group, a mercapto group, a carboxyl group, a sulfo group, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, a cycloalkyl group, a cycloalkylidenemethyl group, a cycloalkenyl group, a cycloalkynyl group, an aryl group, a heterocyclyl group, an alkoxy group, an alkenyloxy group, an alkynyloxy group, a cycloalkyloxy group, a cycloalkenyloxy group, a cycloalkynyloxy group,
  • Examples of the optionally substituted unsaturated fused heterobicyclic ring of the present invention include an unsaturated fused heterobicyclic ring which may optionally be substituted by 1-5 substituents selected from the group consisting of a halogen atom, a nitro group, a cyano group, an oxo group, a hydroxy group, a mercapto group, a carboxyl group, a sulfo group, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, a cycloalkyl group, a cycloalkylidene-methyl group, a cycloalkenyl group, a cycloalkynyl group, an aryl group, a heterocyclyl group, an alkoxy group, an alkenyloxy group, an alkynyloxy group, a cycloalkyloxy group, a cycloalkenyloxy group, a cycloalkynyloxy
  • Examples of the optionally substituted benzene ring of the present invention include a benzene ring which may optionally be substituted by 1-5 substituents selected from the group consisting of a halogen atom, a nitro group, a cyano group, a hydroxy group, a mercapto group, a carboxyl group, a sulfo group, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, a cycloalkyl group, a cycloalkylidenemethyl group, a cycloalkenyl group, a cycloalkynyl group, an aryl group, a heterocyclyl group, an alkoxy group, an alkenyloxy group, an alkynyloxy group, a cycloalkyloxy group, a cycloalkenyloxy group, a cycloalkynyloxy group, an aryloxy group, a heterocyclyloxy group, an
  • examples of the optionally substituted benzene ring include a benzene ring substituted with an alkylene group to form an annelated carbocycle together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached, and also includes a benzene ring substituted with an alkenylene group to form an annelated carbocycle such as a fused benzene ring together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached.
  • the optionally substituted unsaturated monocyclic heterocyclic ring include an unsaturated monocyclic heterocyclic ring which may optionally be substituted by 1-3 substituents selected from the group consisting of a halogen atom, a hydroxy group, an alkoxy group, an alkyl group, a haloalkyl group, a haloalkoxy group, a hydroxyalkyl group, an alkoxyalkyl group, an alkoxyalkoxy group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, a cycloalkyl group, a cycloalkylidenemethyl group, a cycloalkenyl group, a cycloalkyloxy group, an aryl group, an aryloxy group, an arylalkoxy group, a cyano group, a nitro group, an amino group, a mono- or di-alkylamino group, an alkanoylamino group, an alkoxycarbon
  • the optionally substituted unsaturated fused heterobicyclic ring include an unsaturated fused heterobicyclic ring which may optionally be substituted by 1-3 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of a halogen atom, a hydroxy group, an alkoxy group, an alkyl group, a haloalkyl group, a haloalkoxy group, a hydroxyalkyl group, an alkoxyalkyl group, an alkoxyalkoxy group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, a cycloalkyl group, a cycloalkylidenemethyl group, a cycloalkenyl group, a cycloalkyloxy group, an aryl group, an aryloxy group, an arylalkoxy group, a cyano group, a nitro group, an amino group, a mono- or di-alkylamino group, an alkanoylamino group, an alkanoyla
  • the optionally substituted benzene ring include a benzene ring which may optionally be substituted by 1-3 substituents selected from the group consisting of a halogen atom, a hydroxy group, an alkoxy group, an alkyl group, a haloalkyl group, a haloalkoxy group, a hydroxyalkyl group, an alkoxyalkyl group, an alkoxyalkoxy group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, a cycloalkyl group, a cycloalkylidenemethyl group, a cycloalkenyl group, a cycloalkyloxy group, an aryl group, an aryloxy group, an arylalkoxy group, a cyano group, a nitro group, an amino group, a mono- or di-alkylamino group, an alkanoylamino group, an alkoxycarbonylamino group, a carb
  • the optionally substituted unsaturated monocyclic heterocyclic ring is an unsaturated monocyclic heterocyclic ring which may optionally be substituted by 1-3 substituents, independently selected from the group consisting of a halogen atom, a hydroxy group, a cyano group, a nitro group, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, a cycloalkyl group, a cycloalkylidenemethyl group, an alkoxy group, an alkanoyl group, an alkylthio group, an alkylsulfonyl group, an alkylsulfinyl group, an amino group, a mono- or di-alkylamino group, an alkanoylamino group, an alkoxycarbonylamino group, a sulfamoyl group, a mono- or di-alkylsulfamoyl group, a carboxyl group, an alkoxycarbon
  • the optionally substituted unsaturated fused heterobicyclic ring is an unsaturated fused heterobicyclic ring which may optionally be substituted by 1-3 substituents selected from the group consisting of a halogen atom, a hydroxy group, a cyano group, a nitro group, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, a cycloalkyl group, a cycloalkylidenemethyl group, an alkoxy group, an alkylthio group, an alkylsulfonyl group, an alkylsulfinyl group, an amino group, a mono- or di-alkylamino group, an alkanoylamino group, an alkoxycarbonylamino group, a sulfamoyl group, a mono- or di-alkyl-sulfamoyl group, a carboxyl group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, a carbamoyl
  • the optionally substituted benzene ring is a benzene ring which may optionally be substituted by 1-3 substituents, independently selected from the group consisting of a halogen atom, a hydroxy group, a cyano group, a nitro group, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, a cycloalkyl group, a cycloalkylidenemethyl group, an alkoxy group, an alkanoyl group, an alkylthio group, an alkylsulfonyl group, an alkylsulfinyl group, an amino group, a mono- or di-alkylamino group, an alkanoylamino group, an alkoxycarbonylamino group, a sulfamoyl group, a mono- or di-alkylsulfamoyl group, a carboxyl group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, a carbamoyl group,
  • each of the above-mentioned substituents on the unsaturated monocyclic heterocyclic ring, the unsaturated fused heterobicyclic ring and the benzene ring may further be substituted by 1-3 substituents, independently selected from the group consisting of a halogen atom, a hydroxy group, a cyano group, an alkyl group, a haloalkyl group, an alkoxy group, a haloalkoxy group, an alkanoyl group, an alkylthio group, an alkylsulfonyl group, a mono- or di-alkylamino group, a carboxyl group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, a phenyl group, an alkyleneoxy group, an alkylenedioxy group, an oxo group, a carbamoyl group, and a mono- or di-alkylcarbamoyl group.
  • the optionally substituted unsaturated monocyclic heterocyclic ring is an unsaturated monocyclic heterocyclic ring which may optionally be substituted by 1-3 substituents, independently selected from the group consisting of a halogen atom, a cyano group, an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, an alkanoyl group, a mono- or di-alkylamino group, an alkanoylamino group, an alkoxycarbonylamino group, a carboxyl group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, a carbamoyl group, a mono- or di-alkylcarbamoyl group, a phenyl group, a heterocyclyl group, and an oxo group;
  • the optionally substituted unsaturated fused heterobicyclic ring is an unsaturated fused heterobicyclic ring which may optionally be substituted by 1-3 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of a halogen atom, a cyano group, an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, an alkanoyl group, a mono- or di-alkylamino group, an alkanoylamino group, an alkoxycarbonylamino group, a carboxy group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, a carbamoyl group, a mono- or di-alkylcarbamoyl group, a phenyl group, a heterocyclyl group, and an oxo group; and
  • the optionally substituted benzene ring is a benzene ring which may optionally be substituted by 1-3 substituents, independently selected from the group consisting of a halogen atom, a cyano group, an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, an alkanoyl group, a mono- or di-alkylamino group, an alkanoylamino group, an alkoxycarbonylamino group, a carboxyl group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, a carbamoyl group, a mono- or di-alkylcarbamoyl group, a phenyl group, a heterocyclyl group, an alkylene group, and an alkenylene group;
  • each of the above-mentioned substituents on the unsaturated monocyclic heterocyclic ring, the unsaturated fused heterobicyclic ring and the benzene ring may further be substituted by 1-3 substituents, independently selected from the group consisting of a halogen atom, a cyano group, an alkyl group, a haloalkyl group, an alkoxy group, a haloalkoxy group, an alkanoyl group, a mono- or di-alkylamino group, a carboxyl group, a hydroxy group, a phenyl group, an alkylenedioxy group, an alkyleneoxy group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, a carbamoyl group and a mono- or di-alkylcarbamoyl group.
  • substituents independently selected from the group consisting of a halogen atom, a cyano group, an alkyl group, a haloalkyl group, an
  • Ring A is an unsaturated monocyclic heterocyclic ring which may optionally be substituted by 1-3 substituents, independently selected from the group consisting of a halogen atom, a hydroxy group, a cyano group, a nitro group, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, a cycloalkyl group, a cycloalkylidenemethyl group, an alkoxy group, an alkanoyl group, an alkylthio group, an alkylsulfonyl group, an alklsulfinyl group, an amino group, a mono- or di-alkylamino group, a sulfamoyl group, a mono- or di-alkylsulfamoyl group, a carboxyl group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, a carbamoyl group, a mono- or di-alkylcarbamoyl group, an alkylsulfon
  • Ring B is an unsaturated monocyclic heterocyclic ring, an unsaturated fused heterobicyclic ring, or a benzene ring, each of which may optionally be substituted by 1-3 substituents, independently selected from the group consisting of a halogen atom, a hydroxy group, a cyano group, a nitro group, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, a cycloalkyl group, a cycloalkylidenemethyl group, an alkoxy group, an alkanoyl group, an alkylthio group, an alkylsulfonyl group, an alkylsulfinyl group, an amino group, a mono- or di-alkylamino group, a sulfamoyl group, a mono- or di-alkylsulfamoyl group, a carboxyl group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, a carbamoyl group
  • Ring A is a benzene ring which may optionally be substituted by 1-3 substituents, independently selected from the group consisting of a halogen atom, a hydroxy group, a cyano group, a nitro group, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, a cycloalkyl group, a cycloalkylidenemethyl group, an alkoxy group, an alkanoyl group, an alkylthio group, an alkylsulfonyl group, an alklsulfinyl group, an amino group, a mono- or di-alkylamino group, an alkanoylamino group, a sulfamoyl group, a mono- or di-alkylsulfamoyl group, a carboxyl group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, a carbamoyl group, a mono- or di-alkylcarbamoyl group, an al
  • Ring B is an unsaturated monocyclic heterocyclic ring or an unsaturated fused heterobicyclic ring, each of which may optionally be substituted by 1-3 substituents, independently selected from the group consisting of a halogen atom, a hydroxy group, a cyano group, a nitro group, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, a cycloalkyl group, a cycloalkylidenemethyl group, an alkoxy group, an alkanoyl group, an alkylthio group, an alkylsulfonyl group, an alklsulfinyl group, an amino group, a mono- or di-alkylamino group, a sulfamoyl group, a mono- or di-alkylsulfamoyl group, a carboxyl group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, a carbamoyl group, a mono- or di-alky
  • Ring A is an unsaturated fused heterobicyclic ring which may optionally be substituted by 1-3 substituents, independently selected from the group consisting of a halogen atom, a hydroxy group, a cyano group, a nitro group, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, a cycloalkyl group, a cycloalkylidenemethyl group, an alkoxy group, an alkanoyl group, an alkylthio group, an alkylsulfonyl group, an alklsulfinyl group, an amino group, a mono- or di-alkylamino group, a sulfamoyl group, a mono- or di-alkylsulfamoyl group, a carboxyl group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, a carbamoyl group, a mono- or di-alkylcarbamoyl group, an alkylsulf
  • Ring B is an unsaturated monocyclic heterocyclic ring, an unsaturated fused heterobicyclic ring, or a benzene ring, each of which may optionally be substituted by 1-3 substituents, independently selected from the group consisting of a halogen atom, a hydroxy group, a cyano group, a nitro group, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, a cycloalkyl group, a cycloalkylidenemethyl group, an alkoxy group, an alkanoyl group, an alkylthio group, an alkylsulfonyl group, an alklsulfinyl group, an amino group, a mono- or di-alkylamino group, a sulfamoyl group, a mono- or di-alkylsulfamoyl group, a carboxyl group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, a carbamoyl group
  • each of the above-mentioned substituents on Ring A and Ring B may optionally be substituted by 1-3 substituents, independently selected from the group consisting of a halogen atom, a cyano group, an alkyl group, a haloalkyl group, an alkoxy group, a haloalkoxy group, an alkanoyl group, a mono- or di-alkylamino group, a carboxyl group, a hydroxy group, a phenyl group, an alkylenedioxy group, an alkyleneoxy group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, a carbamoyl group and a mono- or di-alkylcarbamoyl group.
  • substituents independently selected from the group consisting of a halogen atom, a cyano group, an alkyl group, a haloalkyl group, an alkoxy group, a haloalkoxy group, an alkanoyl group, a mono- or
  • Ring A and Ring B are independently selected from the compound of formula (I).
  • Ring A is an unsaturated monocyclic heterocyclic ring which may optionally be substituted by a halogen atom, a lower alkyl group, a halo-lower alkyl group, a lower alkoxy group, or an oxo group
  • Ring B is (a) a benzene ring which may optionally be substituted by a halogen atom; a cyano group; a lower alkyl group; a halo-lower alkyl group; a lower alkoxy group; a halo-lower alkoxy group; a mono- or di-lower alkylamino group; a phenyl group optionally substituted by a halogen atom, a cyano group, a lower alkyl group, a halo-lower alkyl group, a lower alkoxy group, or a mono- or di-lower alkylamino group; or a heterocyclyl group optionally substituted by a hal
  • Ring A is a benzene ring which may optionally be substituted by a halogen atom, a lower alkyl group, a halo-lower alkyl group, a lower alkoxy group, a phenyl group, or a lower alkenylene group
  • Ring B is (a) an unsaturated monocyclic heterocyclic ring which may optionally be substituted by a halogen atom; a cyano group; a lower alkyl group; a halo-lower alkyl group; a phenyl-lower alkyl group; a lower alkoxy group; a halo-lower alkoxy group; a mono- or di-lower alkylamino group; a phenyl group optionally substituted by a halogen atom, a cyano group, a lower alkyl group, a halo-lower alkyl group, a lower alkoxy group, a mono- or di-lower al
  • Ring A is an unsaturated fused heterobicyclic ring which may optionally be substituted by a halogen atom, a lower alkyl group, a halo-lower alkyl group, a lower alkoxy group, or an oxo group
  • Ring B is (a) a benzene ring which may optionally be substituted by a group selected from a halogen atom, cyano group, a lower alkyl group, a halo-lower alkyl group, a lower alkoxy group, a halo-lower alkoxy group, a mo- or di-lower alkylamino group, a phenyl group which may be substituted with a halogen atom, cyano group, a lower alkyl group, a halo-lower alkyl group, a lower alkoxy group, or a mono- or di-lower alkylamino group; and a heterocyclyl group which may optionally be substitute
  • Y is —CH 2 — and is linked at the 3-position of Ring A, with respect to X being the 1-position
  • Ring A is a benzene ring which is substituted by 1-3 substituents selected from the group consisting of a lower alkyl group, a halo-lower alkyl group, a halogen atom, a lower alkoxy group, a phenyl group, and a lower alkenylene group
  • Ring B is an unsaturated monocyclic heterocyclic ring or an unsaturated fused heterobicyclic ring, each of which may be substituted by 1-3 substituents selected from the group consisting of a lower alkyl group, a halo-lower alkyl group, a phenyl-lower alkyl group, a halogen atom, a lower alkoxy group, a halo-lower alkoxy group, a phenyl group, a halophen
  • Y is —CH 2 — and is linked at the 3-position of Ring A, with respect to X being the 1-position
  • Ring A is an unsaturated monocyclic heterocyclic ring which may be substituted by 1-3 substituents selected from the group consisting of a lower alkyl group, a halogen atom, a lower alkoxy group, and an oxo group
  • Ring B is a benzene ring which may be substituted by 1-3 substituents selected from the group consisting of a lower alkyl group, a halo-lower alkyl group, a halogen atom, a lower alkoxy group, a halo-lower alkoxy group, a phenyl group, a halophenyl group, a cyanophenyl group, a lower alkylphenyl group, a halo-lower alkylphenyl group, a lower alkoxyphenyl group
  • Y is —CH 2 — and is linked at the 3-position of Ring A, with respect to X being the 1-position
  • Ring A is an unsaturated monocyclic heterocyclic ring which may be substituted by 1-3 substituents selected from the group consisting of a lower alkyl group, a halogen atom, a lower alkoxy group, and an oxo group
  • Ring B is an unsaturated monocyclic heterocyclic ring or an unsaturated fused heterobicyclic ring, each of which may be substituted by 1-3 substituents selected from the group consisting of a lower alkyl group, a halo-lower alkyl group, a halogen atom, a lower alkoxy group, a halo-lower alkoxy group, a phenyl group, a halophenyl group, a cyanophenyl group, a lower alkylphenyl group, a hal
  • Ring A and Ring B are
  • Ring A is a benzene ring which may optionally be substituted by 1-3 substituents, independently selected from the group consisting of a halogen atom, a lower alkyl group optionally substituted by a halogen atom or a lower alkoxy group, a lower alkoxy group optionally substituted by a halogen atom or a lower alkoxy group, a cycloalkyl group, a cycloalkoxy group, a phenyl group, and a lower alkenylene group, and
  • Ring B is an unsaturated monocyclic heterocyclic ring or an unsaturated fused heterobicyclic ring, each of which may optionally be substituted by 1-3 substituents, independently selected from the group consisting of a halogen atom; a lower alkyl group optionally substituted by a halogen atom, a lower alkoxy group or a phenyl group; a lower alkoxy group optionally substituted by a halogen atom or a lower alkoxy group; a cycloalkyl group; a cycloalkoxy group; a phenyl group optionally substituted by a halogen atom, a cyano group, a lower alkyl group, a halo-lower alkyl group, a lower alkoxy group, a halo-lower alkoxy group, or a carbamoyl group; a heterocyclyl group optionally substituted by a halogen atom, a cyano group, a
  • Ring A is an unsaturated monocyclic heterocyclic ring which may optionally be substituted by 1-3 substituents, independently selected from the group consisting of a halogen atom, a lower alkyl group optionally substituted by a lower alkoxy group, a lower alkoxy group optionally substituted by a halogen atom or a lower alkoxy group, a cycloalkyl group, a cycloalkoxy group, and an oxo group, and
  • Ring B is a benzene ring which may optionally be substituted by 1-3 substituents, independently selected from the group consisting of a halogen atom; a lower alkyl group optionally substituted by a halogen atom, a lower alkoxy group or a phenyl group; a lower alkoxy group optionally substituted by a halogen atom or a lower alkoxy group; a cycloalkyl group; a cycloalkoxy group; a phenyl group optionally substituted by a halogen atom, a cyano group, a lower alkyl group, a halo-lower alkyl group, a lower alkoxy group or a halo-lower alkoxy group; a heterocyclyl group optionally substituted by a halogen atom, a cyano group, a lower alkyl group, a halo-lower alkyl group, a lower alkoxy group or a hal
  • Ring A is an unsaturated monocyclic heterocyclic ring which may optionally be substituted by 1-3 substituents, independently selected from the group consisting of a halogen atom, a lower alkyl group optionally substituted by a halogen atom or a lower alkoxy group, a lower alkoxy group optionally substituted by a halogen atom or a lower alkoxy group, a cycloalkyl group, a cycloalkoxy group, and an oxo group,
  • Ring B is an unsaturated monocyclic heterocyclic ring or an unsaturated fused heterobicyclic ring, each of which may optionally be substituted by 1-3 substituents, independently selected from the group consisting of a halogen atom; a lower alkyl group optionally substituted by a halogen atom, a lower alkoxy group or a phenyl group; a lower alkoxy group optionally substituted by a halogen atom or a lower alkoxy group; a cycloalkyl group; a cycloalkoxy group; a phenyl group optionally substituted by a halogen atom, a cyano group, a lower alkyl group, a halo-lower alkyl group, a lower alkoxy group or a halo-lower alkoxy group; a heterocyclyl group optionally substituted by a halogen atom, a cyano group, a lower alkyl group, a hal
  • Ring A is an unsaturated fused heterobicyclic ring which may optionally be substituted by 1-3 substituents, independently selected from the group consisting of a halogen atom, a lower alkyl group optionally substituted by a lower alkoxy group, a lower alkoxy group optionally substituted by a halogen atom or a lower alkoxy group, a cycloalkyl group, a cycloalkoxy group, and an oxo group,
  • Ring B is a benzene ring which may optionally be substituted by 1-3 substituents, independently selected from the group consisting of a halogen atom; a lower alkyl group optionally substituted by a halogen atom, a lower alkoxy group or a phenyl group; a lower alkoxy group optionally substituted by a halogen atom or a lower alkoxy group; a cycloalkyl group; a cycloalkoxy group; a phenyl group optionally substituted by a halogen atom, a cyano group, a lower alkyl group, a halo-lower alkyl group, a lower alkoxy group or a halo-lower alkoxy group; a heterocyclyl group optionally substituted by a halogen atom, a cyano group, a lower alkyl group, a halo-lower alkyl group, a lower alkoxy group or a hal
  • Ring A is an unsaturated monocyclic heterocyclic ring which may optionally be substituted by 1-3 substituents, independently selected from the group consisting of a halogen atom, a lower alkyl group optionally substituted by a lower alkoxy group, a lower alkoxy group optionally substituted by a halogen atom or a lower alkoxy group, a cycloalkyl group, a cycloalkoxy group, and an oxo group,
  • Ring B is an unsaturated monocyclic heterocyclic ring or an unsaturated fused heterobicyclic ring, each of which may optionally be substituted by 1-3 substituents, independently selected from the group consisting of a halogen atom; a lower alkyl group optionally substituted by a halogen atom, a lower alkoxy group or a phenyl group; a lower alkoxy group optionally substituted by a halogen atom or a lower alkoxy group; a cycloalkyl group; a cycloalkoxy group; a phenyl group optionally substituted by a halogen atom, a cyano group, a lower alkyl group, a halo-lower alkyl group, a lower alkoxy group or a halo-lower alkoxy group; a heterocyclyl group optionally substituted by a halogen atom, a cyano group, a lower alkyl group, a hal
  • Ring A is a benzene ring which may optionally be substituted by a halogen atom, a lower alkyl group optionally substituted by a halogen atom, a lower alkoxy group, or a phenyl group
  • Ring B is an unsaturated monocyclic heterocyclic ring or an unsaturated fused heterobicyclic ring which may optionally be substituted by 1-3 substituents, independently selected from the group consisting of a halogen atom; a lower alkyl group optionally substituted by a halogen atom or a phenyl group; a lower alkoxy group; a phenyl group optionally substituted by a halogen atom, a cyano group, a lower alkyl group, a halo-lower alkyl group, or a lower alkoxy group; a
  • Y is linked at the 3-position of Ring A, with respect to X being the 1-position
  • Ring A is an unsaturated monocyclic heterocyclic ring which may optionally be substituted by a substituent selected from a halogen atom, a lower alkyl group, and an oxo group
  • Ring B is a benzene ring which may optionally be substituted by a substituent selected from the group consisting of a halogen atom; a lower alkyl group optionally substituted by a halogen atom or a phenyl group; a lower alkoxy group; a phenyl group optionally substituted by a halogen atom, a cyano group, a lower alkyl group, a halo-lower alkyl group, or a lower alkoxy group; a heterocyclyl group optionally substituted by a halogen atom, a cyano group, a lower alkyl group, a halo-lower alkyl
  • unsaturated monocyclic heterocyclic ring include a 5- or 6-membered unsaturated heterocyclic ring containing 1 or 2 hetero atoms independently selected from a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom, and a sulfur atom. More specifically, preferred are furan, thiophene, oxazole, isoxazole, triazole, tetrazole, pyrazole, pyridine, pyrimidine, pyrazine, dihydroisoxazole, dihydropyridine, and thiazole.
  • Preferable unsaturated fused heterobicyclic ring includes a 9- or 10-membered unsaturated fused heterocyclic ring containing 1 to 4 heteroatoms independently selected from a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom, and a sulfur atom. More specifically, preferred are indoline, isoindoline, benzothiazole, benzoxazole, indole, indazole, quinoline, isoquinoline, benzothiophene, benzofuran, thienothiophene, and dihydroisoquinoline.
  • Ring A is a benzene ring which may optionally be substituted by a substituent selected from the group consisting of a halogen atom, a lower alkyl group, a halo-lower alkyl group, a lower alkoxy group, and a phenyl group
  • Ring B is a heterocyclic ring selected from the group consisting of thiophene, furan, benzofuran, benzothiophene, and benzothiazole, wherein the heterocyclic ring may optionally be substituted by a substituent selected from the following group: a halogen atom, a cyano group, a lower alkyl group, a halo-lower alkyl group, a phenyl-lower alkyl group, a lower alkoxy group, a halo-lower alkoxy group, a phenyl group, a halophenyl group, a lower al
  • Y is —CH 2 —
  • Ring A is an unsaturated monocyclic heterocyclic ring or an unsaturated fused heterobicyclic ring selected from the group consisting of thiophene, dihydroisoquinoline, dihydroisoxazole, triazole, pyrazole, dihydropyridine, dihydroindole, indole, indazole, pyridine, pyrimidine, pyrazine, quinoline, and a isoindoline, wherein the heterocyclic ring may optionally substituted by a substituent selected from the following group: a halogen atom, a lower alkyl group, and an oxo group, and Ring B is a benzene ring which may optionally be substituted by a substituent selected from the following group: a halogen atom, a lower alkyl group, a halo-lower alkyl group, a lower
  • Ring A is a benzene ring which is substituted by a halogen atom or a lower alkyl group
  • Ring B is thienyl group which is substituted by phenyl group or a heterocyclyl group in which said phenyl group and heterocyclyl group is substituted by 1-3 substituents selected from a halogen atom, a cyano group, a lower alkyl group, a halo-lower alkyl group, a lower alkoxy group, and a halo-lower alkoxy group.
  • preferable examples of the compound of the formula (I) include a compound wherein Ring A is
  • R 1a , R 2a , R 3a , R 1b , R 2b , and R 3b are each independently a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a hydroxy group, an alkoxy group, an alkyl group, a haloalkyl group, a haloalkoxy group, a hydroxyalkyl group, an alkoxyalkyl group, an alkoxyalkoxy group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, a cycloalkyl group, a cycloalkylidenemethyl group, a cycloalkenyl group, a cycloalkyloxy group, a phenyl group, a phenylalkoxy group, a cyano group, a nitro group, an amino group, a mono- or di-alkylamino group, an alkanoylamino group, a carboxyl group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, a carbamoyl
  • R 4a and R 5a are each independently a hydrogen atom; a halogen atom; a hydroxy group; an alkoxy group; an alkyl group; a haloalkyl group; a haloalkoxy group; a hydroxyalkyl group; an alkoxyalkyl group; a phenylalkyl group; an alkoxyalkoxy group; a hydroxyalkoxy group; an alkenyl group; an alkynyl group; a cycloalkyl group; a cycloalkylidenemethyl group; a cycloalkenyl group; a cycloalkyloxy group; a phenyloxy group; a phenylalkoxy group; a cyano group; a nitro group; an amino group; a mono- or di-alkylamino group; an alkanoylamino group; a carboxyl group; an alkoxycarbonyl group; a carbamoyl
  • R 4b , R 5b , R 4c and R 5c are each independently a hydrogen atom; a halogen atom; a hydroxy group; an alkoxy group; an alkyl group; a haloalkyl group; a haloalkoxy group; a hydroxyalkyl group; an alkoxyalkyl group; a phenylalkyl group; an alkoxyalkoxy group; a hydroxyalkoxy group; an alkenyl group; an alkynyl group; a cycloalkyl group; a cycloalkylidenemethyl group; a cycloalkenyl group; a cycloalkyloxy group; a phenyloxy group; a phenylalkoxy group; a cyano group; a nitro group; an amino group; a mono- or di-alkylamino group; an alkanoylamino group; a carboxyl group; an alkoxycarbonyl
  • R 1a , R 2a , R 3a , R 1b , R 2b , and R 3b are each independently a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a lower alkyl group, a halo-lower alkyl group, a lower alkoxy group, or a phenyl group;
  • R 4a and R 5a are each independently a hydrogen atom; a halogen atom; a lower alkyl group; a halo-lower alkyl group; a phenyl-lower alkyl group; a phenyl group optionally substituted by a halogen atom, a cyano group, a lower alkyl group, a halo-lower alkyl group, a lower alkoxy group, a halo-lower alkoxy group, a methylenedioxy group, an ethyleneoxy group, a mono- or di-lower alkylamino group, a carbamoyl group, or a mono- or di-lower alkylcarbamoyl group; or a heterocyclyl group optionally substituted by a halogen atom, a cyano group, a lower alkyl group, a lower alkoxy group, a carbamoyl group, or a mono- or di-lower alky
  • R 4b , R 5b , R 4c and R 5c are each independently a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a lower alkyl group, a halo-lower alkyl group, a lower alkoxy group, or a halo-lower alkoxy group.
  • Ring B is a ring of the following structure
  • R 4a is a phenyl group optionally substituted by a halogen atom, a cyano group, a lower alkyl group, a halo-lower alkyl group, a lower alkoxy group, a halo-lower alkoxy group, a methylenedioxy group, an ethyleneoxy group, a mono- or di-lower alkylamino group, a carbamoyl group, or a mono- or di-lower alkylcarbamoyl group; or a heterocyclyl group optionally substituted by a halogen atom, a cyano group, a lower alkyl group, a lower alkoxy group, a carbamoyl group, or a mono- or di-lower alkylcarbamoyl group, and
  • R 5a is a hydrogen atom
  • R 4a and R 5a are bonded to each other at the terminals thereof to form a lower alkylene group.
  • R 1a is a halogen atom, a lower alkyl group, or a lower alkoxy group, and R 2a and R 3a are hydrogen atoms; and Rind B is
  • R 4a is a phenyl group optionally substituted by a substituent selected from the group consisting of a halogen atom, a cyano group, a lower alkyl group, a halo-lower alkyl group, a lower alkoxy group, a halo-lower alkoxy group, a mono- or di-lower alkylamino group, a carbamoyl group, and a mono- or di-lower alkylcarbamoyl group; or a heterocyclyl group optionally substituted by a halogen atom, a cyano group, a lower alkyl group, a lower alkoxy group, a carbamoyl group, or a mono- or di-lower alkylcarbamoyl group, and R 5a is a hydrogen atom, and Y is —CH 2 —.
  • R 4a is a phenyl group optionally substituted by a halogen atom, a cyano group, a lower alkyl group, a halo-lower alkyl group, a lower alkoxy group, or a halo-lower alkoxy group; or a heterocyclyl group optionally substituted by a halogen atom, a cyano group, a lower alkyl group, or a lower alkoxy group.
  • a preferable compound of formula (I) can be represented by the following formula (IA):
  • R A is a halogen atom, a lower alkyl group or a lower alkoxy group
  • R B is a phenyl group optionally substituted by 1-3 substituents selected from a halogen atom, a cyano group, a lower alkyl group, a halo-lower alkyl group, a lower alkoxy group, a halo-lower alkoxy group, a methylenedioxy group, an ethyleneoxy group, a mono- or di-lower alkylamino group, a carbamoyl group, and a mono- or di-lower alkylcarbamoyl group; or a heterocyclyl group optionally substituted by 1-3 substituents selected from a halogen atom, a cyano group, a lower alkyl group, a halo-lower alkyl group, a lower alkoxy group, a halo-lower alkoxy group, a mono- or di-lower
  • R A is a halogen atom or a lower alkyl group
  • R C is hydrogen atom
  • R B is phenyl group substituted by 1-3 substituents selected from a halogen atom, a cyano group, a lower alkyl group, a halo-lower alkyl group, a lower alkoxy group, a halo-lower alkoxy group, a methylenedioxy group, an ethyleneoxy group, a mono- or di-lower alkylamino group, a carbamoyl group, and a mono- or di-lower alkylcarbamoyl group; or a heterocyclyl group substituted by 1-3 substituents selected from the group consisting of a halogen atom, a cyano group, a lower alkyl group, a halo-lower alkyl group, a lower alkoxy group, a halo-lower alk
  • R A is a halogen atom, or a lower alkyl group
  • Ring C is a phenyl group substituted by 1-3 substituents selected from the group consisting of a halogen atom, a cyano group, a lower alkyl group, a halo-lower alkyl group, a lower alkoxy group, a halo-lower alkoxy group, a methylenedioxy group, an ethyleneoxy group, a mono- or di-lower alkylamino group, a carbamoyl group, and a mono- or di-lower alkylcarbamoyl group; or a heterocyclyl group substituted by 1-3 substituents selected from the group consisting of a halogen atom, a cyano group, a lower alkyl group, a halo-lower alkyl group, a lower alkoxy group, a halo-lower alkoxy group, a mono- or di-lower al
  • Ring C is a phenyl group substituted by 1-3 substituents selected from the group consisting of a halogen atom, a cyano group, a lower alkyl group, a halo-lower alkyl group, a lower alkoxy group, a halo-lower alkoxy group, and a mono- or di-lower alkylamino group; or a heterocyclyl group substituted by a substituent selected from the group consisting of a halogen atom, a cyano group, a lower alkyl group, a halo-lower alkyl group, a lower alkoxy group, and a halo-lower alkoxy group.
  • Ring C is a phenyl group substituted by a halogen atom, a cyano group, a lower alkyl group, a halo-lower alkyl group, a lower alkoxy group or a halo-lower alkoxy group; or a heterocyclyl group substituted by a halogen atom, a cyano group, a lower alkyl group, or a lower alkoxy group is preferred.
  • a preferred heterocyclyl group includes a 5- or 6-membered heterocyclyl group containing 1 or 2 hetero atoms independently selected from the group consisting of a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom, and a sulfur atom, or a 9- or 10-membered heterocyclyl group containing 1 to 4 hetero atoms independently selected from the group consisting of a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom, and a sulfur atom.
  • a thienyl group a pyridyl group, a pyrimidyl group, a pyrazinyl group, pyrazolyl group, a thiazolyl group, a quinolyl group, a tetrazolyl group and an oxazolyl group are preferred.
  • Ring C is a phenyl group substituted by a halogen atom or a cyano group, or a pyridyl group substituted by a halogen atom.
  • R 1a is a halogen atom, a lower alkyl group, or a lower alkoxy group, and R 2a and R 3a are hydrogen atoms; and Ring B is
  • R 4b and R 5b are each independently a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a lower alkyl group, a halo-lower alkyl group, a lower alkoxy group, or a halo-lower alkoxy group.
  • preferable examples of the compound of formula (I) include a compound represented by the following formula (IB):
  • R 8 , R 9 and R 10 are each independently a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a hydroxy group, an alkoxy group, an alkyl group, a haloalkyl group, a haloalkoxy group, a hydroxyalkyl group, an alkoxyalkyl group, an alkoxyalkoxy group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, a cycloalkyl group, a cycloalkylidenemethyl group, a cycloalkenyl group, a cycloalkyloxy group, an aryloxy group, an arylalkoxy group, a cyano group, a nitro group, an amino group, a mono- or di-alkylamino group, an alkylcarbonylamino group, a carboxyl group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, a carbamoyl group, a mono- or di-alkylcarbamoyl group, an
  • R 5a and R 7a are each independently a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a hydroxy group, an alkoxy group, an alkyl group, a haloalkyl group, a haloalkoxy group, a hydroxyalkyl group, an alkoxyalkyl group, an alkoxyalkoxy group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, a cycloalkyl group, a cycloalkylidenemethyl group, a cycloalkenyl group, a cycloalkyloxy group, an aryloxy group, an arylalkoxy group, a cyano group, a nitro group, an amino group, a mono- or di-alkylamino group, an alkylcarbonylamino group, a carboxyl group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, a carbamoyl group, a mono- or di-alkylcarbamoyl group, an alkan
  • R 8 , R 9 and R 10 are each independently a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a lower alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, a hydroxy-lower alkyl group, a halo-lower alkyl group, a lower alkoxy-lower alkyl group, a lower alkoxy group, a cycloalkoxy group, a halo-lower alkoxy group, or a lower alkoxy-lower alkoxy group, and a group represented by:
  • R 6a , R 7a are each independently a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a lower alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, a hydroxy-lower alkyl group, a halo-lower alkyl group, a lower alkoxy-lower alkyl group, a lower alkoxy group, a cycloalkoxy group, a halo-lower alkoxy group, or a lower alkoxy-lower alkoxy group, or a group represented by:
  • R 6b and R 7b are each independently a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a lower alkyl group, a halo-lower alkyl group, or a lower alkoxy group.
  • preferable examples of the compound of formula (I) include a compound represented by the following formula (IC):
  • Ring B′ is an optionally substituted benzene ring, an optionally substituted unsaturated monocyclic heterocyclic ring, or an optionally substituted unsaturated fused heterobicyclic ring.
  • Ring B′ include a benzene ring and a heterocyclic ring, both of which may have a substituent(s) selected from the group consisting of a halogen atom; a cyano group; a lower alkyl group optionally substituted by a halogen atom; a lower alkoxy group optionally substituted by a halogen atom; a lower alkanoyl group; a mono- or di-lower alkylamino group; a lower alkoxycarbonyl group; a carbamoyl group; a mono- or di-lower alkylcarbamoyl group; a phenyl group optionally substituted by a substituent(s) selected from a halogen atom, a cyano group, a lower alkyl group optionally substituted by a halogen atom, a lower alkoxy group optionally substituted by a halogen atom, a lower alkanoyl group, a mono
  • Ring B′ include a benzene ring which may be substituted by a substituent selected from the group consisting of a halogen atom; a cyano group; a lower alkyl group optionally substituted by a halogen atom; a lower alkoxy group optionally substituted by a halogen atom; a mono- or di-lower alkylamino group; a phenyl group optionally substituted by a halogen atom, a cyano group, a lower alkyl group optionally substituted by a halogen atom, a lower alkoxy group optionally substituted by a halogen atom; a heterocyclyl group optionally substituted by a halogen atom, a cyano group, a lower alkyl group optionally substituted by a halogen atom, a lower alkoxy group optionally substituted by a halogen atom.
  • Preferred compound of formula (I) may be selected from the group consisting of:
  • Particularly preferred compounds of formula (I) include:
  • the pharmaceutically acceptable salt of the compounds of the formula (I) includes, for example, a salt with an alkali metal such as lithium, sodium, potassium, etc.; a salt with an alkaline earth metal such as calcium, magnesium, etc.; a salt with zinc or aluminum; a salt with an organic base such as ammonium, choline, diethanolamine, lysine, ethylenediamine, t-butylamine, t-octylamine, tris(hydroxymethyl)aminomethane, N-methyl glucosamine, triethanolamine and dehydroabietylamine; a salt with an inorganic acid such as hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, hydroiodic acid, sulfuric acid, nitric acid, phosphoric acid, etc.; or a salt with an organic acid such as formic acid, acetic acid, propionic acid, oxalic acid, malonic acid, succinic acid, fumaric acid, maleic acid, lactic acid, malic acid, tart
  • prodrug means an ester or carbonate, which is formed by reacting one or more hydroxy groups of the compound of the formula (I) with an acylating agent substituted by an alkyl, an alkoxy or an aryl by a conventional method to produce acetate, pivalate, methylcarbonate, benzoate, etc. Further, the prodrug includes also an ester or amide, which is similarly formed by reacting one or more hydroxy groups of the compound of the formula (I) with an ⁇ -amino acid or a ⁇ -amino acid, etc. using a condensing agent by a conventional method.
  • the compounds of formula (I) also includes a mixture of stereoisomers, or each pure or substantially pure isomer.
  • the present compound may optionally have one or more asymmetric centers at a carbon atom containing any one of substituents. Therefore, the compounds of the formula (I) may exist in the form of enantiomer or diastereomer, or a mixture thereof.
  • the compounds of formula (I) may exist in the form of geometric isomerism (cis-compound, trans-compound), and when the compounds of formula (I) contains an unsaturated bond such as carbonyl, then the present compound may exist in the form of a tautomer, and the present compound also includes these isomers or a mixture thereof.
  • the starting compound in the form of a racemic mixture, enantiomer or diastereomer may be used in the processes for preparing the present compound.
  • the present compound When the present compound is obtained in the form of a diastereomer or enantiomer, they can be separated by a conventional method such as chromatography or fractional crystallization.
  • the compounds of formula (I) include an intramolecular salt, hydrate, solvate or polymorphism thereof.
  • glucose related disorder shall be defined as any disorder which is characterized by or is developed as a consequence of elevated glucose levels.
  • Glucose-related disorders shall include diabetes mellitus, diabetic retinopathy, diabetic neuropathy, diabetic nephropathy, delayed wound healing, insulin resistance, hyperglycemia, hyperinsulinemia, elevated blood levels of fatty acids, elevated blood levels of glucose, hyperlipidemia, obesity, hypertriglyceridemia, Syndrome X, diabetic complications, atherosclerosis, or hypertension.
  • the “glucose related-disorder” is diabetes mellitus (type 1 and type 2 diabetes mellitus, etc.), diabetic complications (such as diabetic retinopathy, diabetic neuropathy, diabetic nephropathy), obesity, or postprandial hyperglycemia.
  • the glucose related disorder is selected from the group consisting of diabetes mellitus, diabetic retinopathy, diabetic neuropathy, diabetic nephropathy, delayed wound healing, insulin resistance, hyperglycemia, hyperinsulinemia, elevated blood levels of fatty acids, hyperlipidemia, obesity, hypertriglyceridemia, Syndrome X, diabetic complications, atherosclerosis and hypertension.
  • the glucose related disorder is selected from the group consisting of type 1 diabetes mellitus, type 2 diabetes mellitus, diabetic retinopathy, diabetic neuropathy, diabetic nephropathy, obesity and postprandial hyperglycemia.
  • the glucose related disorder is selected from the group consisting of type 1 diabetes mellitus, type 2 diabetes mellitus, diabetic retinopathy, diabetic neuropathy, diabetic nephropathy, obesity, and delayed wound healing.
  • the glucose related disorders is selected from the group consisting of poor glycemic control, Type 2 Diabetes Mellitus, Syndrome X, gestational diabetes, insulin resistance, hyperglycemia.
  • the glucose related disorder is Type 2 diabetes mellitus.
  • the glucose related disorder is selected from the group consisting of elevated glucose level, pre-diabetes, impaired oral glucose tolerance, poor glycemic control, Type 2 Diabetes Mellitus, Syndrome X (also known as metabolic syndrome), gestational diabetes, insulin resistance, and hyperglycemia.
  • Treatment of glucose related disorders may comprise lowering glucose levels, improving glycemic control, decreasing insulin resistance and/or preventing the development of a glucose related disorder (for example preventing a patient suffering from impaired oral glucose tolerance or elevated glucose levels from developing Type 2 diabetes mellitus).
  • the terms “Syndrome X”, “Metabolic Syndrome” and “Metabolic Syndrome X” shall mean a disorder that presents risk factors for the development of Type 2 diabetes mellitus and cardiovascular disease and is characterized by insulin resistance and hyperinsulinemia and may be accompanied by one or more of the following: (a) glucose intolerance, (b) Type 2 diabetes, (c) dyslipidemia, (d) hypertension and (e) obesity.
  • subject refers to an animal, preferably a mammal, most preferably a human, who has been the object of treatment, observation or experiment.
  • composition is intended to encompass a product comprising the specified ingredients in the specified amounts, as well as any product which results, directly or indirectly, from combinations of the specified ingredients in the specified amounts.
  • treating shall include the management and care of a subject or patient (preferably mammal, more preferably human) for the purpose of combating a disease, condition, or disorder and includes the administration of a compound of the present invention to prevent the onset of the symptoms or complications, alleviate the symptoms or complications, or eliminate the disease, condition, or disorder.
  • prevention shall include (a) reduction in the frequency of one or more symptoms; (b) reduction in the severity of one or more symptoms; (c) the delay or avoidance of the development of additional symptoms; and/or (d) delay or avoidance of the development of the disorder or condition.
  • a subject in need of thereof shall include any subject or patient (preferably a mammal, more preferably a human) who has experienced or exhibited at least one symptom of the disorder, disease or condition to be prevented.
  • a subject in need thereof may additionally be a subject (preferably a mammal, more preferably a human) who has not exhibited any symptoms of the disorder, disease or condition to be prevented, but who has been deemed by a physician, clinician or other medical profession to be at risk of developing said disorder, disease or condition.
  • the subject may be deemed at risk of developing a disorder, disease or condition (and therefore in need of prevention or preventive treatment) as a consequence of the subject's medical history, including, but not limited to, family history, pre-disposition, co-existing (comorbid) disorders or conditions, genetic testing, and the like.
  • terapéuticaally effective amount means that amount of active compound or pharmaceutical agent that elicits the biological or medicinal response in a tissue system, animal or human that is being sought by a researcher, veterinarian, medical doctor or other clinician, which includes alleviation of the symptoms of the disease or disorder being treated.
  • the present invention is directed to co-therapy or combination therapy, comprising administration of (a) metformin or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof and (b) a compound of formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, “therapeutically effective amount” shall mean that amount of the combination of agents taken together so that the combined effect elicits the desired biological or medicinal response.
  • the therapeutically effective amount of co-therapy comprising administration of (a) metformin or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof and (b) a compound of formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, would be the amount of (a) the metformin or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof and (b) the compound of formula (I) or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof that when taken together or sequentially have a combined effect that is therapeutically effective.
  • the amount of the (a) metformin or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof and/or the amount of the (b) compound of formula (I) or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof individually may or may not be therapeutically effective.
  • the term “therapeutically effective amount” of co-therapy comprising administration of (a) glyburide, and (b) a compound of formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof shall mean that amount of the glyburide and the amount of the compound of formula (I) or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, that when taken together or sequentially have a combined effect that is therapeutically effective; and further that the amount of each of said components individually may or may not be therapeutically effective.
  • the “therapeutically effective amount” of co-therapy comprising administration of (a) metformin or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, (b) a compound of formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof and (c) a sulfonylurea (preferably glyburide) or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof shall mean that amount of each of the components that that when taken together or sequentially have a combined effect that is therapeutically effective; and further that the amount of each of the components individually may or may not be therapeutically effective.
  • co-therapy and “combination therapy” shall mean treatment of a subject in need thereof by administering (a) metformin or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof (b) a compound of formula (I) or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof and optionally (c) a sulfonylurea (preferably glyburide) or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein the (a) metformin or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, the (b) compound of formula (I) or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof and optionally (c) the sulfonylurea (preferably glyburide) or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof are administered by any suitable means, simultaneously, sequentially, separately or in a single pharmaceutical dosage form.
  • the number of dosages administered per day for each compound may be the same or different.
  • the (a) metformin or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, the (b) compound of formula (I) or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof and optionally (c) the sulfonylurea (preferably glyburide) or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof may be administered via the same or different routes of administration.
  • suitable methods of administration include, but are not limited to, oral, intravenous (iv), intramuscular (im), subcutaneous (sc), transdermal, and rectal.
  • Compounds may also be administered directly to the nervous system including, but not limited to, intracerebral, intraventricular, intracerebroventricular, intrathecal, intracisternal, intraspinal and/or peri-spinal routes of administration by delivery via intracranial or intravertebral needles and/or catheters with or without pump devices.
  • the (a) metformin or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, the (b) compound of formula (I) or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof and optionally (c) the sulfonylurea (preferably glyburide) or pharmaceutically acceptable salt there may be administered according to simultaneous or alternating regimens, at the same or different times during the course of the therapy, concurrently in divided or single forms.
  • a glyburide preferably glyburide
  • sulfonylurea preferably glyburide
  • the present invention further comprises pharmaceutical compositions containing (a) metformin or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof and (b) a compound of formula (I) or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof with a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient.
  • Pharmaceutical compositions of the present invention described herein as the active ingredient can be prepared by intimately mixing the (a) metformin or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof and the (b) compound of formula (I) or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof with a pharmaceutical excipient according to conventional pharmaceutical compounding techniques.
  • the present invention further comprises pharmaceutical compositions containing (a) glyburide, and (b) a compound of formula (I) or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof with a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient.
  • Pharmaceutical compositions of the present invention described herein as the active ingredient can be prepared by intimately mixing the (a) glyburide, and the (b) compound of formula (I) or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof with a pharmaceutical excipient according to conventional pharmaceutical compounding techniques.
  • the present invention further comprises pharmaceutical compositions containing (a) metformin or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, (b) a compound of formula (I) or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, (c) a sulfonylurea or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof with a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient.
  • Pharmaceutical compositions of the present invention described herein as the active ingredient can be prepared by intimately mixing the (a) metformin or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, the (b) compound of formula (I) or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof and the (c) sulfonylurea or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof with a pharmaceutical excipient according to conventional pharmaceutical compounding techniques.
  • the pharmaceutically acceptable excipient may take a wide variety of forms depending upon the desired route of administration (e.g., oral, parenteral).
  • suitable excipients and additives include water, glycols, oils, alcohols, flavoring agents, preservatives, stabilizers, coloring agents and the like;
  • suitable excipients and additives include diluents, granulating agents, lubricants, binders, disintegrating agents, drug release controlling hydrophilic polymer, drug release controlling hydrophobic polymers, wetting agents and the like.
  • Solid oral preparations may also be coated with substances such as sugars, cellulosic ethers, and acrylic polymers for extended release or may be enteric-coated so as to modulate major site of absorption.
  • the excipient will usually consist of sterile water and other ingredients may be added to increase solubility or preservation.
  • injectable suspensions or solutions may also be prepared utilizing aqueous excipients along with appropriate additives.
  • the compound of formula (I) or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof and the (a) metformin or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof and/or the (b) sulfonylurea (preferably glyburide) or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, as the active ingredients are intimately admixed with a pharmaceutical excipient according to conventional pharmaceutical compounding techniques, which excipient may take a wide variety of forms depending of the form of preparation desired for administration, e.g., oral or parenteral such as intramuscular.
  • any of the usual pharmaceutical media may be employed.
  • suitable excipients and additives include water, glycols, oils, alcohols, flavoring agents, preservatives, coloring agents and the like;
  • suitable excipients and additives include diluents, granulating agents, lubricants, binders, disintegrating agents, drug release controlling hydrophilic polymers, drug release controlling or hydrophobic polymers, wetting agents, and the like. Because of their ease in administration, tablets and capsules represent the most advantageous oral dosage unit form, in which case solid pharmaceutical excipients are obviously employed.
  • tablets may be sugar coated or may be enteric coated by standard techniques.
  • the excipient will usually comprise sterile water, through other ingredients, for example, for purposes such as aiding solubility or for preservation, may be included.
  • injectable suspensions may also be prepared, in which case appropriate liquid excipients, suspending agents and the like may be employed.
  • the pharmaceutical compositions described herein will contain, per dosage unit, e.g., tablet, capsule, powder, injection, teaspoonful and the like, an amount of the active ingredient(s) necessary to deliver an effective dose as described above.
  • compositions herein will contain, per unit dosage unit, e.g., tablet, capsule, powder, injection, suppository, teaspoonful and the like, of from about 0.01 to about 2,000 mg, or any amount or range therein, independently, of each of the (a) metformin or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, the (b) compound of formula (I) or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, and/or the (c) sulfonylurea (preferably glyburide) or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • the pharmaceutical compositions described herein may be given at a suitably selected therapeutically effective dosage, which may be varied depending upon the requirement of the patients, the severity of the condition being treated and the compound being employed. The use of either daily administration or post-periodic dosing may be employed.
  • these pharmaceutical compositions are in unit dosage forms from such as tablets, pills, capsules, powders, granules, sterile parenteral solutions or suspensions, metered aerosol or liquid sprays, drops, ampoules, autoinjector devices or suppositories; for oral parenteral, intranasal, sublingual or rectal administration, or for administration by inhalation or insufflation.
  • the pharmaceutical composition may be presented in a form suitable for once-weekly or once-monthly administration; for example, an insoluble salt of the active compound(s), such as the decanoate salt, may be adapted to provide a depot preparation for intramuscular injection.
  • the principal active ingredient(s) are mixed with a pharmaceutical excipient, e.g. conventional tableting ingredients such as corn starch, lactose, sucrose, sorbitol, talc, stearic acid, magnesium stearate, dicalcium phosphate or gums, and other pharmaceutical diluents, e.g. water, to form a solid formulation composition containing a mixture of the active ingredient(s).
  • a pharmaceutical excipient e.g. conventional tableting ingredients such as corn starch, lactose, sucrose, sorbitol, talc, stearic acid, magnesium stearate, dicalcium phosphate or gums, and other pharmaceutical diluents, e.g. water
  • the tablets or pills of the pharmaceutical composition of the present invention can be coated or otherwise compounded to provide a dosage form affording the advantage of prolonged action.
  • the tablet or pill can comprise an inner dosage and an outer dosage component, the latter being in the form of an envelope over the former.
  • the two components can be separated by an enteric layer which serves to resist disintegration in the stomach and permits the inner component to pass intact into the duodenum or to be delayed in release.
  • enteric layers or coatings such materials including a number of polymeric acids with such materials as shellac, cetyl alcohol and cellulose acetate.
  • liquid forms in which the pharmaceutical compositions of the present invention may be incorporated for administration orally or by injection include, aqueous solutions, suitably flavored syrups, aqueous or oil suspensions, and flavored emulsions with edible oils such as cottonseed oil, sesame oil, coconut oil or peanut oil, as well as elixirs and similar pharmaceutical vehicles.
  • Suitable dispersing or suspending agents for aqueous suspensions include synthetic and natural gums such as tragacanth, acacia, alginate, dextran, sodium carboxymethylcellulose, methylcellulose, polyvinyl-pyrrolidone or gelatin.
  • the pharmaceutical compositions of the present invention may be administered in a single daily dose, or the total daily dosage may be administered in divided doses of two, three or four times daily.
  • the pharmaceutical compositions of the present invention can be administered in intranasal form via topical use of suitable intranasal vehicles, or via transdermal skin patches well known to those of ordinary skill in that art.
  • the dosage administration will, of course, be continuous rather than intermittent throughout the dosage regimen.
  • the active drug component(s) can be combined with an oral, non-toxic pharmaceutically acceptable inert excipient such as ethanol, glycerol, water and the like.
  • suitable binders include, without limitation, starch, gelatin, natural sugars such as glucose or beta-lactose, corn sweeteners, natural and synthetic gums such as acacia, tragacanth or sodium oleate, sodium stearate, magnesium stearate, sodium benzoate, sodium acetate, sodium chloride, and the like.
  • Disintegrators include, without limitation, starch, sodium starch glycolate, croscamellose sodium, crospovidone, methyl cellulose, agar, bentonite, xanthan gum, and the like.
  • the liquid forms in suitably flavored suspending or dispersing agents such as the synthetic and natural gums, for example, tragacanth, acacia, methyl-cellulose and the like.
  • suspending or dispersing agents such as the synthetic and natural gums, for example, tragacanth, acacia, methyl-cellulose and the like.
  • sterile suspensions and solutions are desired.
  • Isotonic preparations which generally contain suitable preservatives are employed when intravenous administration is desired.
  • compositions of the present invention may be prepared according to known methods and employing known processes and equipment, as disclosed, for example in Pharmaceutical Sciences , Remington, 17th Ed., pp. 1585-1594 (1985); Chemical Engineers Handbook , Perry, 6th Ed., pp. 21-13 to 21-19 (1984); Journal of Pharmaceutical Sciences , Parrot, Vol. 61, No. 6, pp. 813-829 (1974); and Chemical Engineer , Hixon, pp. 94-103 (1990).
  • Granules for the pharmaceutical compositions of the present invention may, for example, be prepared by comminution, which produces the desired size of the active ingredient and the desired size of any accompanying pharmaceutically acceptable excipient(s).
  • Suitable means for producing the desired particles include, but are not limited to, granulation, spray drying, sieving, lyophilization, crushing, grinding, jet milling, micronizing and chopping to produce the intended particle size.
  • the process can be performed by size reduction equipment, such as a micropulverizer mill, a fluid energy-grinding mill, a grinding mill, a roller mill, a hammer mill, an attrition mill, a chaser mill, a ball mill, a vibrating ball mill, an impact pulverizer mill, a centrifugal pulverizer, a coarse crusher and a fine crusher.
  • size reduction equipment such as a micropulverizer mill, a fluid energy-grinding mill, a grinding mill, a roller mill, a hammer mill, an attrition mill, a chaser mill, a ball mill, a vibrating ball mill, an impact pulverizer mill, a centrifugal pulverizer, a coarse crusher and a fine crusher.
  • the size of the particle can be ascertained by screening, including a grizzly screen, a flat screen, a vibrating screen, a revolving screen, a shaking screen, an oscillating screen and a reciprocating screen
  • Granules for the pharmaceutical compositions of the present invention may alternatively be manufactured according to the wet granulation technique.
  • solid particles are wetted and bound together by a binder solution consisting essentially of a granulation solvent, a binder, and optionally other excipients.
  • the active ingredient for example, the compound of formula (I-X) or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof
  • the solid particles can be mixed by means of mechanical agitation (using for example, a low or high shear mixer) or may be fluidized by a gas (as in fluid bed granulation).
  • the granulating fluid is added until a wet blend is produced, which wet mass blend is then forced through a predetermined screen and dried in a fluid bed dryer.
  • the blend is dried for about 18 to about 24 hours at a temperature in the range of from about 24° C. to about 35° C. in a forced-air oven.
  • the dried granules are then sized, according to known methods.
  • the dried granules are then sized.
  • magnesium stearate, or another suitable lubricant (if desired) and other excipient materials (as appropriate) are added to the granulation, and the granulation is put into milling jar sand mixed on a jar mill for 10 minutes.
  • the resulting composition is pressed into a layer, for example, in a Manesty® press or a Korsch LCT press.
  • the speed of the press is set at 15 rpm and the maximum load set at about 4 tons.
  • the active ingredient and excipient(s) may be blended as powdered ingredients in a fluid bed granulator.
  • a granulating fluid for example, polyvinylpyrrolidone in water
  • a lubricant such as stearic acid or magnesium stearate
  • V-blender or tote blender is mixed into the granulation using a blender e.g., V-blender or tote blender.
  • the granules are then pressed and coated in the manner described above.
  • Exemplary solvents suitable for manufacturing the pharmaceutical composition components comprise aqueous or inert organic solvents that do not adversely harm the materials used in the system.
  • the solvents broadly include members selected from the group consisting of aqueous solvents, alcohols, ketones, esters, ethers, aliphatic hydrocarbons, halogenated solvents, cycloaliphatics, aromatics, heterocyclic solvents and mixtures thereof.
  • Typical solvents include acetone, diacetone alcohol, methanol, ethanol, isopropyl alcohol, butyl alcohol, methyl acetate, ethylacetate, isopropyl acetate, n-butyl acetate, methyl isobutyl ketone, methyl propyl ketone, nhexane, n-heptane, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether, ethylene glycol monoethyl acetate, methylene dichloride, ethylene dichloride, propylene dichloride, carbon tetrachloridenitroethane, nitropropane tetrachloroethane, ethyl ether, isopropyl ether, cyclohexane, cyclooctane, benzene, toluene, naphtha, 1,4-dioxane, tetrahydrofuran, diglyme, water, aqueous solvents
  • pan coating may be used to provide a completed dosage form.
  • the coating composition is deposited by successive spraying onto the compressed tablet, accompanied by tumbling in a rotating pan.
  • a pan coater is commonly used because of its availability at commercial scale.
  • Other techniques can be used for coating the tablet.
  • the tablet is dried in, for example, the same equipment of in a forced-air oven or in a temperature and humidity controlled oven to free the dosage form of solvent(s) used in the manufacturing. Drying conditions are conventionally chosen on the basis of available equipment, ambient conditions, solvents, coatings, coating thickness, and the like.
  • one alternative technique uses an air-suspension procedure. This procedure consists of suspending and tumbling the tablet in a current of air, until a coating is applied.
  • the air-suspension procedure is described in, for example, U.S. Pat. No. 2,799,241; in J. Am. Pharm. Assoc., Vol. 48, pp. 451-459 (1959); and, ibid., Vol. 49, pp. 82-84 (1960).
  • the tablet also can be coated with a Wurster® air-suspension coater using, for example, methylene dichloride methanol as a co-solvent for the coating material.
  • An Aeromatic® air-suspension coater can be used employing a co-solvent.
  • the co-therapy comprising (a) metformin or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof and (b) a compound of formula (I) or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, of the present invention may be administered in any of the foregoing compositions and according to dosage regimens established in the art whenever treatment of a glucose related disorder is required.
  • the co-therapy comprising (a) glyburide, and (b) a compound of formula (I) or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, of the present invention may be administered in any of the foregoing compositions and according to dosage regimens established in the art whenever treatment of a glucose related disorder is required.
  • the co-therapy comprising (a) metformin or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, (b) a compound of formula (I) or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, and (c) a sulfonylurea (preferably glyburide) or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, of the present invention may be administered in any of the foregoing compositions and according to dosage regimens established in the art whenever treatment of a glucose related disorder is required.
  • compositions are preferably provided in the form of tablets containing, 50, 100, 150, 200, 250, 500, 750, 850, 1000, 1500 or 2000 milligrams of the metformin or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof (preferably metformin hydrochloride); and further containing 1, 5, 10, 25, 50, 100, 150, 200, 250, 300 or 500 milligrams of the compound of formula (I) or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • metformin or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof preferably metformin hydrochloride
  • compositions are preferably provided in the form of tablets containing, 1.0, 2.5, 5.0, 7.5, 10.0, 12.5, 15 or 20 milligrams, of the glyburide; and further containing 1, 5, 10, 25, 50, 100, 150, 200, 250, 300 or 500 milligrams of the compound of formula (I) or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • the compositions are preferably provided in the form of tablets containing, 50, 100, 150, 200, 250, 500, 750, 850, 1000, 1500 or 2000 milligrams of the metformin or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof (preferably metformin hydrochloride); further containing 1, 5, 10, 25, 50, 100, 150, 200, 250, 300 or 500 milligrams of the compound of formula (I) or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof (preferably a compound of formula (I-X) or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof or a compound of formula (I-Y) or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof), and further containing 1.0, 2.5, 5.0, 7.5, 10.0, 12.5, 15, 20, 25, 50, 100, 250, 500 or 1000 milligrams, of the sulfonylurea or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • metformin or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof preferably metformin hydrochloride
  • the compound of formula (I) or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof preferably a compound of formula (I-X) or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof or a compound of formula (I-
  • the metformin or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof (more preferably, metformin hydrochloride) is administered at a dosage level of from about 0.01 mg/kg to about 200 mg/kg of body weight per day, or from about 0.5 mg/kg to about 50 mg/kg of body weight per day, or any amount or range therein.
  • the range is from about 1.0 to about 50.0 mg/kg of body weight per day, or any amount or range therein, more preferably, from about 5 mg/kg to about 30 mg/kg, or any amount or range therein, more preferably, from about 5 to about 20 mg/kg of body weight per day, or any amount or range therein.
  • an effective amount of the metformin or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof is supplied at a dosage level of 250 mg, 500 mg, 750 mg, 1000 mg or 2000 mg, or any amount or range therein.
  • the glyburide is administered at a dosage level of from about 0.01 mg/kg to about 0.5 mg/kg of body weight per day, or from about 0.01 mg/kg to about 0.3 mg/kg of body weight per day, or any amount or range therein.
  • an effective amount of the glyburide is supplied at a dosage level of 1.0 mg, 2.5 mg, 5.0 mg, 7.5 mg, 10.0 mg, 12.5 mg, 15 mg, or 20 mg, or any amount or range therein.
  • the compound of formula (I) or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof is administered at a dosage level of from about 0.01 mg/kg to about 500 mg/kg of body weight per day, or 0.01 mg/kg to about 200 mg/kg of body weight per day, or any amount or range therein.
  • the range is from about 0.01 to about 50 mg/kg of body weight per day, or any amount or range therein, more preferably, from about 0.05 mg/kg to about 10 mg/kg, or any amount or range therein, more preferably, from about 1 to about 5 mg/kg of body weight per day, or any amount or range therein.
  • an effective amount of the compound of formula (I) or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof is supplied at a dosage level of 10 mg, 25 mg, 50 mg, 100 mg, 150 mg or 300 mg, or any amount or range therein.
  • the sulfonylurea or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof is administered at a dosage level of from about 0.01 mg/kg to about 200 mg/kg of body weight per day, or any amount or range therein.
  • the range is from about 0.01 to about 50 mg/kg of body weight per day.
  • an effective amount of the sulfonylurea or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof is supplied at a dosage level of 1.0 mg, 2.5 mg, 5.0 mg, 10 mg, 25 mg, 50 mg, 100 mg, 150 mg, 250 mg, 500 mg, 100 mg, or any amount or range therein.
  • the co-therapy of the present invention may be administered on a regimen of 1 to 4 times per day.
  • Optimal dosages to be administered may be readily determined by those skilled in the art, and will vary with for example, the mode of administration, the strength of the preparation, the mode of administration, and the advancement of the disease condition. In addition, factors associated with the particular patient being treated, including patient age, weight, diet and time of administration, will result in the need to adjust dosages.
  • mice Male C57BL/6 mice (total of 100 mice) were fed with a high fat diet from the age of 3 weeks to 6 weeks (total 3 weeks). After 3 weeks on a high fat diet, all the mice received a single-dose ip injection of Steptozotocin (STZ) (100 mg/kg, in 0.05 mol/L citric acid, pH4.5, 10 mg/ml). All the mice were then kept on a high fat diet for another 3 weeks. Those mice with fasted blood glucose levels >7 mM and ⁇ 15 mM were selected for the study.
  • STZ Steptozotocin
  • each mouse was assigned a predose number, which was indicated on its cage card. After assignment to dosage groups, each mouse was assigned a unique study identification number (which will be indicated on its cage card) and identified by permanent marker on its tail.
  • Mice were housed 5 mice per cage in stainless steel cages. The study room was maintained on a 12-hour light/dark cycle (light/dark cycle may be interrupted for study-related activities), within a temperature range of 64° F. to 79° F., and a relative humidity range of 30% to 70%. The temperature and humidity ranges will be monitored by a hygrothermograph. Mice were fed ad libitum (except where noted) with high-fat diet prepared in Southern University. Water was provided ad libitum by water bottles.
  • the quarantine period was 5 days.
  • the test compound or vehicle was administered orally by gavage.
  • the dosage levels were chosen to represent a range of exposures with pharmacology effects.
  • mice were selected on the basis of pre-dose evaluations at day ⁇ 1 and randomly assigned to groups using a computer-generated randomization method based on body weight and fasted blood glucose levels. The mean values of body weight and fasted blood glucose level of each group were similar (within ⁇ 5% variation).
  • mice were randomly divided into six testing group of 10 mice per group. Each group was treated for 3 weeks, via oral administration, with one of the following regimens: (a) vehicle; (b) the compound of formula (I-Y) at 1 mg/kg; (c) the compound of formula (I-Y) at 10 mg/kg; (d) metformin at 500 mg/kg; (e) a combination of the compound of formula (I-Y) at 1 mg/kg and metformin at 500 mg/kg; and (f) a combination of the compound of formula (I-Y) at 10 mg/kg and metformin at 500 mg/kg.
  • mice On day 18 of treatment, mice were fasted overnight (5 pm-8 am), after a change to a new cage. The following morning, a basal fasted blood glucose level was determined. Then, glucose solution (20% glucose, 2 g/kg body weight, 1 ml/100 g of body weight, prepared freshly before oral glucose tolerance test, (OGTT) was administrated via oral gavage. Blood glucose levels were measured using tail blood at 30, 60, and 120 min after glucose challenge. Food was replaced after the last time point of blood glucose measurement.
  • glucose solution (20% glucose, 2 g/kg body weight, 1 ml/100 g of body weight, prepared freshly before oral glucose tolerance test, (OGTT) was administrated via oral gavage. Blood glucose levels were measured using tail blood at 30, 60, and 120 min after glucose challenge. Food was replaced after the last time point of blood glucose measurement.
  • mice Male ob/ob mice (8-week old, ⁇ 50 g) were housed 2 mice per cage in a temperature-controlled room with 12-hour light/dark cycle. The mice were allowed ad libitum access to water and chow (commercially supplied diet). Mice were grouped into 6 test groups based on their body weight and fed blood glucose levels, as noted in Table 2, below.
  • mice On the first morning, the mice were grouped as noted above and fed glucose. The mice were then dosed with vehicle or test compound(s) via gavage at 4:00 pm each day for 22 days q.d.
  • the compound of formula (I-X) was dosed at 1 mg/kg or 10 mg/kg (as noted in the result table below) with or without treatment with metformin HCl at a dosage of 250 mg/kg.
  • Body weight, food intake and fed blood glucose levels were measured weekly.
  • An oral glucose tolerance test (OGTT) was conducted on the mice on day 18, after overnight fasting.
  • Glucose concentrations of 0.5 g/kg BW, and blood glucose levels of OGTT were measured using a Glucometer at t 0 (before glucose dosing), t 30 , t 60 , and t 120 corresponding to 30, 60 and 120 minutes following administration.
  • the administered glucose solution was prepared at 0.5 g/kg using 12.5% glucose, 1 ml/250 g BW.
  • mice in each group was sacrificed to collect blood for biochemistry analysis, including fed blood glucose levels, fasted blood glucose levels, blood glucose levels during OGTT, plasma insulin and body weight change.
  • a pharmaceutical composition comprising metformin hydrochloride and the compound of formula (I-X) was prepared as follows, with Table 4, below listing the components in the formulation.
  • Metformin HCl was purchased as commercially available Drug Substance (DS) from Solmag S. P. A Mulazzano (Via Della Vittoria 89, 26837 Cassino d'Alberi, Mulazzano, Italy).
  • Metformin hydrochloride the compound of formula (I-X), microcrystalline cellulose (MCC) and croscarmellose sodium were screened and blended in bohle bin blender (L. B Bohle Maschinen+Verfhren GmbH, Ennigerloh, Germany).
  • the resulting materials were fluidized in a Glatt Fluid bed processor (Glatt Air Techniques, Ramsay, N.J.) with 1.0 mm nozzle and aircap setting of 2.
  • the binder Pierovidone K29/32
  • the binder was then sprayed onto the resulting granules.
  • the moisture level and granulation growth were monitored during the process, with samples taken every 10 minutes of the process. Moisture balance was used to determine loss on drying (LOD).
  • the dried granulation was then lubricated with screened magnesium stearate in a bohle bin blender.
  • the final blend was compressed into tablets on a rotary press, Fette 1200i (Fette GmbH, Schwarzenbek, Germany) equipped with 0.830′′ ⁇ 0.4095′′ D-tooling and low quantity feeder.
  • the Batch was compressed using two stations to the target tablet weight. Five different compression profiles were used to produce tablets.
  • tablet weight variation was less than 1% and friability was less than 0.5%.
  • Tablet hardness increased with compression from 16 kp at 14.6 KN compression to 25 kp at 31.3 KN compression, and corresponding tablet thickness decreased from 7.32 ⁇ 0.3 mm at 14.6 KN to 6.84 ⁇ 0.3 mm at 31.3 KN.
  • Disintegration time increased with compression from about 4:50 min at 14.6 KN compression to about 9:40 min at 31.3 KN.
  • a measure of the dissolution rate showed that at 30 minutes, between about 85% to about 93% of the compound of formula (I-X) was released, and between about 94% and about 99% of the metformin hydrochloride was released.

Abstract

The present invention is directed to co-therapy and methods for the treatment and prevention of glucose-related disorders such as Type 2 diabetes mellitus and Syndrome X. The present invention is further directed to pharmaceutical compositions for the co-therapy and methods described herein.

Description

    CROSS REFERENCE TO RELATED APPLICATIONS
  • This application claims the benefit of U.S. Provisional Application 61/223,881, filed on Jul. 8, 2009, which is incorporated by reference herein in its entirety.
  • FIELD OF THE INVENTION
  • The present invention is directed to co-therapy and methods for the treatment and prevention of glucose-related disorders such as Type 2 diabetes mellitus and Syndrome X. The present invention is further directed to pharmaceutical compositions for the co-therapy and methods described herein.
  • BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION
  • Diabetes mellitus is a medical term for the presence of elevated blood glucose. People with diabetes either don't produce insulin, produce too little insulin or do not respond to insulin, resulting in the build up of glucose in the blood. The most common form of diabetes is Type 2 diabetes, once referred to as adult onset diabetes or non-insulin dependent diabetes (NIDDM), which may account for >90% of diabetes in adults. However, as the younger population becomes increasingly overweight or obese, Type 2 diabetes is becoming more prevalent in teens and children. Diabetes may also refer to gestational diabetes, Type 1 diabetes or autoimmune diabetes, once referred to as juvenile onset diabetes and type 1½ diabetes, also referred to as latent-autoimmune diabetes in adults or LADA. Diabetes may occur because of poor dietary habits or lack of physical activity (e.g., sedentary lifestyle), genetic mutations, injury to the pancreas, drug (e.g., AIDS therapies) or chemical (e.g., steroid) exposure or disease (e.g., cystic fibrosis, Down syndrome, Cushing's syndrome). Two rare types of genetic defects leading to diabetes are termed maturity-onset diabetes of the young (MODY) and atypical diabetes mellitus (ADM).
  • Type 2 diabetes mellitus (non-insulin-dependent diabetes mellitus or NIDDM) is a metabolic disorder involving disregulation of glucose metabolism and insulin resistance, and long-term complications involving the eyes, kidneys, nerves, and blood vessels. Type 2 diabetes mellitus usually develops in adulthood (middle life or later) and is described as the body's inability to make either sufficient insulin (abnormal insulin secretion) or its inability to effectively use insulin (resistance to insulin action in target organs and tissues). More particularly, patients suffering from Type 2 diabetes mellitus have a relative insulin deficiency. That is, in these patients, plasma insulin levels are normal to high in absolute terms, although they are lower than predicted for the level of plasma glucose that is present.
  • Type 2 diabetes mellitus is characterized by the following clinical signs or symptoms: persistently elevated plasma glucose concentration or hyperglycemia; polyuria; polydipsia and/or polyphagia; chronic microvascular complications such as retinopathy, nephropathy and neuropathy; and macrovascular complications such as hyperlipidemia and hypertension which can lead to blindness, end-stage renal disease, limb amputation and myocardial infarction.
  • Syndrome X, also termed Insulin Resistance Syndrome (IRS), Metabolic Syndrome, or Metabolic Syndrome X, is a disorder that presents risk factors for the development of Type 2 diabetes mellitus and cardiovascular disease including glucose intolerance, hyperinsulinemia and insulin resistance, hypertriglyceridemia, hypertension and obesity.
  • The diagnosis of Type 2 diabetes mellitus includes assessment of symptoms and measurement of glucose in the urine and blood. Blood glucose level determination is necessary for an accurate diagnosis. More specifically, fasting blood glucose level determination is a standard approach used. However, the oral glucose tolerance test (OGTT) is considered to be more sensitive than fasted blood glucose level. Type 2 diabetes mellitus is associated with impaired oral glucose tolerance (OGT). The OGTT thus can aid in the diagnosis of Type 2 diabetes mellitus, although generally not necessary for the diagnosis of diabetes (Emancipator K, Am J Clin Pathol 1999 November; 112(5):665-74; Type 2 Diabetes Mellitus, Decision Resources Inc., March 2000). The OGTT allows for an estimation of pancreatic beta-cell secretory function and insulin sensitivity, which helps in the diagnosis of Type 2 diabetes mellitus and evaluation of the severity or progression of the disease (e.g., Caumo A, Bergman R N, Cobelli C, J Clin Endocrinol Metab 2000, 85(11): 4396-402). More particularly, the OGTT is extremely helpful in establishing the degree of hyperglycemia in patients with multiple borderline fasting blood glucose levels that have not been diagnosed as diabetics. In addition, the OGTT is useful in testing patients with symptoms of Type 2 diabetes mellitus where the possible diagnosis of abnormal carbohydrate metabolism has to be clearly established or refuted.
  • Thus, impaired glucose tolerance is diagnosed in individuals that have fasting blood glucose levels less than those required for a diagnosis of Type 2 diabetes mellitus, but have a plasma glucose response during the OGTT between normal and diabetics. Impaired glucose tolerance is considered a pre-diabetic condition, and impaired glucose tolerance (as defined by the OGTT) is a strong predictor for the development of Type 2 diabetes mellitus (Haffner S M, Diabet Med 1997 August; 14 Suppl 3:S12-8).
  • Type 2 diabetes mellitus is a progressive disease associated with the reduction of pancreatic function and/or other insulin-related processes, aggravated by increased plasma glucose levels. Thus, Type 2 diabetes mellitus usually has a prolonged pre-diabetic phase and various pathophysiological mechanisms can lead to pathological hyperglycemia and impaired glucose tolerance, for instance, abnormalities in glucose utilization and effectiveness, insulin action and/or insulin production in the prediabetic state (Goldberg R B, Med Clin North Am 1998 July; 82(4):805-21).
  • The pre-diabetic state associated with glucose intolerance can also be associated with a predisposition to abdominal obesity, insulin resistance, hyperlipidemia, and high blood pressure, that is, Syndrome X (Groop L, Forsblom C, Lehtovirta M, Am J Hypertens 1997 September; 10(9 Pt 2):1725-1805; Haffner S M, J Diabetes Complications 1997 March-April; 11(2):69-76; Beck-Nielsen H, Henriksen J E, Alford F, Hother-Nielson O, Diabet Med 1996 September; 13(9 Suppl 6):578-84).
  • Thus, defective carbohydrate metabolism is pivotal to the pathogenesis of Type 2 diabetes mellitus and impaired glucose tolerance (Dinneen S F, Diabet Med 1997 August; 14 Suppl 3:S19-24). In fact, a continuum from impaired glucose tolerance and impaired fasting glucose to definitive Type 2 diabetes mellitus exists (Ramlo-Halsted B A, Edelman S V, Prim Care 1999 December; 26(4):771-89).
  • Early intervention in individuals at risk to develop Type 2 diabetes mellitus, focusing on reducing the pathological hyperglycemia or impaired glucose tolerance may prevent or delay the progression towards Type 2 diabetes mellitus and associated complications and/or Syndrome X. Therefore, by effectively treating impaired oral glucose tolerance and/or elevated blood glucose levels, one can prevent or inhibit the progression of the disorder to Type 2 diabetes mellitus or Syndrome X.
  • Typical treatment of glucose disorders including Type 2 diabetes mellitus and Syndrome X focuses on maintaining the blood glucose level as near to normal as possible and includes diet and exercise, and when necessary, treatment with anti-diabetic agents, insulin or a combination thereof. Type 2 diabetes mellitus that cannot be controlled by dietary management is treated with oral antidiabetic agents including, but not limited to, sulfonylureas (e.g., not limited to first generation: chlorpropamide, tolazamide, tolbutamide; second generation: glyburide, glipizide; and third generation: glimepiride), biguanides (e.g., metformin), thiazolidinediones (e.g., rosiglitazone, pioglitazone, troglitazone), alpha-glucosidase inhibitors (e.g., acarbose, miglitol), meglitinides (e.g., repaglinide), other insulin-sensitizing compounds, and/or other anti-obesity agents (e.g., orlistat or sibutramine). For Syndrome X, the anti-diabetic agents are additionally combined with pharmacological agents for the treatment of the concomitant co-morbidities (e.g., antihypertensives for hypertension, hypolipidemic agents for hyperlipidemia).
  • First-line therapies typically include metformin and sulfonylureas as well as thiazolidinediones. Metformin monotherapy is a first line choice, particularly for treating Type 2 diabetic patients who are also obese and/or dyslipidemic. Lack of an appropriate response to metformin is often followed by treatment with metformin in combination with sulfonylureas, thiazolidinediones, or insulin. Sulfonylurea monotherapy (including all generations of drugs) is also a common first line option. Another first line therapy choice may be thiazolidinediones. Patients who do not respond appropriately to oral anti-diabetic monotherapy, are given combinations of these agents. When glycemic control cannot be maintained with oral antidiabetics alone, insulin therapy is used either as a monotherapy, or in combination with oral antidiabetic agents. These same strategies, optionally in combination with additional strategies (e.g., anti-hypertensive) can be used for the treatment of Syndrome X.
  • Anti-diabetic agents include, but are not limited to:
  • (a) Sulfonylureas, which increase insulin production by stimulating pancreatic beta cells, and therefore act as insulin secretagogues. The primary mechanism of action of sulfonylureas is to close ATP-sensitive potassium channels in the beta-cell plasma membrane, initiating a chain of events that result in insulin release. Suitable examples of sulfonylureas include, but are not limited to chlorpropamide, tolazamide, tolbutamide, glyburide, glipizide, glimepiride, and like.
  • (b) Meglitinides, another class of insulin secretagogues, that have a mechanism of action distinct from that of the sulfonylureas. Suitable examples of meglitinides include, but are not limited to repaglinide.
  • (c) Agents which modify insulin secretion such as Glucagon-like Peptide-1 (GLP-1) and it's mimetics, Glucose-insulinotropic peptide (GIP) and it's mimetics, Exendin and it's mimetics, and Dipeptyl Protease Inhibitors (DPPIV).
  • (d) Biguanides which decrease liver glucose production and increase the uptake of glucose. Suitable examples include, but are not limited to metformin.
  • (e) Thiazolidinediones, insulin sensitizing drugs which decrease peripheral insulin resistance by enhancing the effects of insulin at target organs and tissues. These drugs bind and activate the nuclear receptor, peroxisome proliferator-activated receptor-gamma (PPAR-gamma) which increases transcription of specific insulin-responsive genes. Suitable examples of PPAR-gamma agonists are the thiazolidinediones which include, but are not limited to rosiglitazone, pioglitazone, troglitazone, isaglitazone (known as MCC-555), 2-[2-[(2R)-4-hexyl-3,4-dihydro-3-oxo-2H-1,4-benzoxazin-2-yl]ethoxy]-benzene acetic acid, and the like. Additionally, the non-thiazolidinediones also act as insulin sensitizing drugs, and include, but are not limited to GW2570, and the like.
  • (f) Retinoid-X receptor (RXR) modulators, also insulin sensitizing drugs, which include, but are not limited to targretin, 9-cis-retinoic acid, and the like.
  • (g) Other insulin sensitizing agents include, but are not limited to INS-1, PTP-1B inhibitors, GSK3 inhibitors, glycogen phosphorylase a inhibitors, fructose-1,6-bisphosphatase inhibitors, and the like.
  • (h) Alpha-glucosidase inhibitors which act to inhibit alpha-glucosidase. Alpha-glucosidase converts fructose to glucose, thus these inhibitors delay the digestion of carbohydrates. The undigested carbohydrates are subsequently broken down in the gut, thereby reducing the post-prandial glucose peak. Suitable examples include, but are not limited to, acarbose and miglitol.
  • (i) Insulins, including regular or short-acting, intermediate-acting, and long-acting insulins, inhaled insulin and insulin analogues such as insulin molecules with minor differences in the natural amino acid sequence. These modified insulins may have faster onset of action and/or shorter duration of action.
  • (j) Small molecule mimics of insulin, including, but not limited to L-783281, TE-17411, and the like.
  • (k) Na-glucose co-transporter inhibitors which inhibit the renal reabsorption of glucose such as T-1095, T-1095A, phlorizin, and the like.
  • (l) Amylin agonists which include, but are not limited to pramlintide, and the like.
  • (k) Glucagon antagonists such as AY-279955, and the like.
  • In addition to antidiabetic agents, therapies may include add-on treatment with anti-obesity agents such as orlistat, a pancreatic lipase inhibitor, which prevents the breakdown and absorption of fat; or sibutramine, an appetite suppressant and inhibitor of the reuptake of serotonin, norepinephrine and dopamine in the brain. Other potential add-on anti-obesity agents include, but are not limited to, appetite-suppressants acting through adrenergic mechanisms such as benzphetamine, phenmetrazine, phentermine, diethylpropion, mazindol, sibutramine, phenylpropanolamine or, ephedrine; appetite-suppressant agents acting through serotonergic mechanisms such as quipazine, fluoxetine, sertraline, fenfluramine, or dexfenfluramine; appetite-suppressant agents acting through dopamine mechanisms, eg, apomorphine; appetite-suppressant agents acting through histaminergic mechanisms (eg, histamine mimetics, H3 receptor modulators); enhancers of energy expenditure such as beta-3 adrenergic agonists and stimulators of uncoupling protein function; leptin and leptin mimetics; neuropeptide Y antagonists; melanocortin-1, 3 and 4 receptor modulators; cholecystokinin agonists; glucagon-like peptide-1 (GLP-1) mimetics and analogues (eg, Exendin); androgens (eg, dehydroepiandrosterone and derivatives such as etiocholandione), testosterone, anabolic steroids (eg, oxandrolone), and steroidal hormones; galanin receptor antagonists; cytokine agents such as ciliary neurotrophic factor; amylase inhibitors; enterostatin agonists/mimetics; orexin/hypocretin antagonists; urocortin antagonists; bombesin agonists; modulators of protein kinase A; corticotropin-releasing factor mimetics; cocaine- and amphetamine-regulated transcript mimetics; calcitonin-gene related peptide mimetics; and fatty acid synthase inhibitors.
  • There remains a need to provide an effective treatment for glucose related disorders such as elevated glucose levels, Type 2 diabetes mellitus, Syndrome X, and the like. There also remains a need to provide an effective treatment for glucose related disorders which also slows or prevents the progression and/or development of Type 2 diabetes mellitus.
  • SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
  • The present invention is directed to methods of co-therapy for the treatment and prevention of glucose-related disorders, said methods comprising administering to a subject in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of co-therapy comprising (a) metformin or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof and (b) a compound of formula (I)
  • Figure US20110009347A1-20110113-C00001
  • wherein Ring A and Ring B are one of the followings:
  • (1) Ring A is an optionally substituted unsaturated monocyclic heterocyclic ring, and Ring B is an optionally substituted unsaturated monocyclic heterocyclic ring, an optionally substituted unsaturated fused heterobicyclic ring, or an optionally substituted benzene ring; or
  • (2) Ring A is an optionally substituted benzene ring, and Ring B is an optionally substituted unsaturated monocyclic heterocyclic ring, or an optionally substituted unsaturated fused heterobicyclic ring wherein Y is linked to the heterocyclic ring of the fused heterobicyclic ring; or
  • (3) Ring A is an optionally substituted unsaturated fused heterobicyclic ring, wherein the sugar moiety X-(sugar) and the moiety —Y-(Ring B) are both on the same heterocyclic ring of the fused heterobicyclic ring, and Ring B is an optionally substituted unsaturated monocyclic heterocyclic ring, an optionally substituted unsaturated fused heterobicyclic ring, or an optionally substituted benzene ring;
  • X is a carbon atom or a nitrogen atom; and
  • Y is —(CH2)n— (wherein n is 1 or 2);
  • or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a prodrug thereof.
  • The present invention is further directed to methods of co-therapy for the treatment and prevention of glucose-related disorders, said methods comprising administering to a subject in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of co-therapy comprising (a) glyburide and (b) a compound of formula (I) or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • The present invention is further directed to (a) a compound of formula (I) or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof in combination with (b) metformin or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof for use in the treatment and prevention of glucose-related disorders
  • The present invention is further directed to (a) a compound of formula (I) or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof in combination with (b) metformin or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof and (c) a sulfonylurea (preferably glyburide) or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof for use in the treatment and prevention of glucose-related disorders.
  • The present invention is further directed to methods of co-therapy for the treatment and prevention of glucose-related disorders, said methods comprising administering to a subject in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of co-therapy comprising (a) metformin or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof and (b) a compound of formula (I) or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof and (c) a sulfonylurea (preferably glyburide) or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • The present invention is further directed to a pharmaceutical composition comprising (a) metformin or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, (b) a compound of formula (I) or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof and (c) a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient. An illustration of the invention is a pharmaceutical composition made by mixing comprising (a) metformin or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, (b) a compound of formula (I) or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof and (c) a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient. Illustrating the invention is a process for making a pharmaceutical composition comprising mixing comprising (a) metformin or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, (b) a compound of formula (I) or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof and (c) a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient.
  • The present invention is further directed to a pharmaceutical composition comprising (a) a sulfonylurea (preferably glyburide) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, (b) a compound of formula (I) or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof and (c) a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient. An illustration of the invention is a pharmaceutical composition made by mixing comprising (a) a sulfonylurea (preferably glyburide) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, (b) a compound of formula (I) or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof and (c) a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient. Illustrating the invention is a process for making a pharmaceutical composition comprising mixing comprising (a) a sulfonylurea (preferably glyburide) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, (b) a compound of formula (I) or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof and (c) a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient.
  • The present invention is further directed to a pharmaceutical composition comprising (a) metformin or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, (b) a compound of formula (I) or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, (c) a sulfonylurea or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, and (d) a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient. An illustration of the invention is a pharmaceutical composition made by mixing comprising (a) metformin or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, (b) a compound of formula (I) or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, (c) a sulfonylurea or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, and (d) a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient. Illustrating the invention is a process for making a pharmaceutical composition comprising mixing comprising (a) metformin or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, (b) a compound of formula (I) or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, (c) a sulfonylurea or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, and (d) a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient.
  • DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION
  • The present invention is directed to methods for the treatment and prevention of glucose related disorders comprising administering to a subject in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of co-therapy comprising (a) metformin or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof and (b) a compound of formula (I)
  • Figure US20110009347A1-20110113-C00002
  • wherein Ring A, Ring B, X and Y are as herein defined; or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • The compounds of the formula (I) exhibit an inhibitory activity against sodium-dependent glucose transporter, such as for example SGLT2. The compounds of formula (I) exhibit an inhibitory activity against sodium-dependent glucose transporter, present in the intestine and the kidney of mammalian species, and further exhibit a blood glucose lowering effect. The compounds of formula (I) may be prepared according to the process as disclosed in Nomura, S. et al., US Patent Publication, US 2005/0233988 A1, published Oct. 20, 2005, which is incorporated by reference herein.
  • In an embodiment, the present invention is directed to methods for the treatment and prevention of glucose related disorders comprising administering to a subject in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of co-therapy comprising (a) metformin or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof and (b) a compound of formula (I-X)
  • Figure US20110009347A1-20110113-C00003
  • or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. In certain preferred embodiments, the compound of formula (I-X) is the crystalline form of the hemihydrate of the compound of Formula (I-X), as described in WO 2008/069327, the disclosure of which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety.
  • In another embodiment, the present invention is directed to methods for the treatment and prevention of glucose related disorders comprising administering to a subject in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of co-therapy comprising (a) metformin or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof and (b) a compound of formula (I-Y)
  • Figure US20110009347A1-20110113-C00004
  • or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • The present invention is further directed to methods for the treatment and prevention of glucose related disorders comprising administering to a subject in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of co-therapy comprising (a) a sulfonylurea (preferably glyburide) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, and (b) a compound of formula (I)
  • Figure US20110009347A1-20110113-C00005
  • wherein Ring A, Ring B, X and Y are as herein defined; or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. In another embodiment, the present invention is directed to methods for the treatment and prevention of glucose related disorders comprising administering to a subject in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of co-therapy comprising (a) a sulfonylurea (preferably glyburide) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, and (b) a compound of formula (I-X) or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. In another embodiment, the present invention is directed to methods for the treatment and prevention of glucose related disorders comprising administering to a subject in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of co-therapy comprising (a) a sulfonylurea (preferably glyburide) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, and (b) a compound of formula (I-Y) or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • Metformin and more particularly metformin hydrochloride, (also known by the trade names GLUCOPHAGE, RIOMET, FORTAMET, GLUMETZA, OBIMET, DIANBEN, DIABEX, DIAFORMIN, and others) is an oral anti-diabetic drug of the biguanide class. Metformin is a first-line therapy for Type 2 diabetes mellitis, particularly in overweight and obese people. The usual starting dose of metformin (for example, as metformin hydrochloride tablets) in the United States and certain other countries is 500 mg twice a day or 850 mg once a day, given with meals. The daily dosage may be increases in increments of 500 mg weekly or 850 mg every 2 weeks, up to a total of 2000 mg per day, given in divided doses. Patients can also be titrated from 500 mg twice a day to 850 mg twice a day after 2 weeks. For those patients requiring additional glycemic control, metformin may be given to a maximum daily dose of 2550 mg per day. Doses above 2000 mg may be better tolerated given three times a day with meals. Preferably, the metformin or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof is metformin hydrochloride.
  • Glyburide (also known as glibenclamide, and further known by the trade names DIABETA, GLYNASE PRESTAB, MICRONASE and others) is an oral anti-diabetic of the sulfonylurea class. Glyburide is used for the treatment of Type II diabetes mellitus and works by inhibiting ATP-sensitive potassium channels in pancreatic beta cells. This inhibition causes cell membrane depolarization, which causes voltage-dependent calcium channels to open, which in turn causes an increase in intracellular calcium in the beta cell, which stimulates insulin release. The starting dosage for glyburide is typically 2.5 mg to 5 mg (1.5 gm to 3 mg, if administered as micronized glyburide) taken daily with meals. As needed, glyburide dosages may be gradually increased (in steps of 2.5 mg or less per week) up to 20 mg daily (or up to 12 mg daily if administered as micronized glyburide). Glyburide may also be administered in combination with metformin, and is available as in combination with metformin under the trade names GLUCOVANCE and GLIBOMET.
  • The present invention is further directed to methods for the treatment and prevention of glucose related disorders comprising administering to a subject in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of co-therapy comprising (a) metformin or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof and (b) a compound of formula (I) or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, and (c) a sulfonylurea or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • In an embodiment, the present invention is directed to methods for the treatment and prevention of glucose related disorders comprising administering to a subject in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of co-therapy comprising (a) metformin or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof and (b) a compound of formula (I-X) or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, and (c) a sulfonylurea or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • In another embodiment, the present invention is directed to methods for the treatment and prevention of glucose related disorders comprising administering to a subject in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of co-therapy comprising (a) metformin or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof and (b) a compound of formula (I-Y) or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, and (c) a sulfonylurea or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • The present invention is further directed to methods for the treatment and prevention of glucose related disorders comprising administering to a subject in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of co-therapy comprising (a) metformin or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof and (b) a compound of formula (I) or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, and (c) glyburide.
  • In another embodiment, the present invention is directed to methods for the treatment and prevention of glucose related disorders comprising administering to a subject in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of co-therapy comprising (a) metformin or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof and (b) a compound of formula (I-X) or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, and (c) glyburide.
  • In another embodiment, the present invention is directed to methods for the treatment and prevention of glucose related disorders comprising administering to a subject in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of co-therapy comprising (a) metformin or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof and (b) a compound of formula (I-Y) or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, and (c) glyburide.
  • Sulfonylureas are a class of pharmaceutical compounds which increase insulin production by stimulating pancreatic beta cells, and therefore act as insulin secretagogues. The primary mechanism of action of sulfonylureas is to close ATP-sensitive potassium channels in the beta-cell plasma membrane, initiating a chain of events that result in insulin release. Suitable examples of sulfonylureas include, but are not limited to chlorpropamide, tolazamide, tolbutamide, glyburide, glipizide, glimepiride, and like. One skilled in the art can readily determine dosages and regimens for the administration of sulfonylureas, for example by consulting the PDR (Physician's Desk Reference) and/or the FDA required drug literature included with the pharmaceutical agent. For example, a representative dosage for chlorpropamide (DIABINESE®) is 100-250 mg QD; for tolazamide (TOLINASE®) is 250 mg QD or BID; for tolbutamide (ORINASE®) is 1000 mg BID or TID; for glimepiride (AMARYL®) is 2 mg QD; for glipizide (GLUCOTROL®) is 5-10 mg QD or BID; and for glyburide (DIABETA®, MICRONASE®) is 2.5-5 mg QD or BID.
  • In an embodiment of the present invention, the sulfonylurea is selected from the group consisting of chlorpropamide, tolazamide and tolbutamide; wherein the sulfonylurea is present in (administered in) an amount in the range of from about 100 mg to about 3000 mg, or any amount or range therein, preferably in an amount in the range of from about 100 mg to about 1000 mg, or any amount or range therein. In another embodiment of the present invention, the sulfonylurea is selected from the group consisting of glyburide, glipizide and glimepiride; and is present in an amount in the range of from about 0.1 mg to about 50 mg, or any amount or range therein, preferably in an amount in the range of from about 1.0 mg to about 50 mg, more preferably in an amount in the range of from about 2.0 mg to about 25 mg, or any amount or range therein.
  • In another embodiment of the present invention, the sulfonylurea is glyburide; wherein the glyburide is present in (administered in) an amount in the range of from about 1.0 mg to about 20 mg daily, or any amount or range therein; preferably in an amount in the range of from about 2.5 mg to about 20 mg, daily, or any amount or range therein, more preferably in an amount in the range of from about 2.5 mg to about 10 mg daily, or any amount or range therein, more preferably in an amount in the range of from about 2.5 mg to about 5 mg daily, or any amount or range therein.
  • The present invention is further directed to a pharmaceutical composition comprising a therapeutically effective amount of co-therapy comprising (a) metformin or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof; and (b) a compound of formula (I) or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. The present invention is further directed to a pharmaceutical composition comprising a therapeutically effective amount of co-therapy comprising (a) glyburide; and (b) a compound of formula (I) or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • The present invention is further directed to a pharmaceutical composition comprising a therapeutically effective amount of co-therapy comprising (a) metformin or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof; (b) a compound of formula (I) or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, and (c) a sulfonylurea or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • In an embodiment, the present invention is directed to a pharmaceutical composition comprising (a) metformin or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof and (b) a compound of formula (I-X) or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. In another embodiment, the present invention is directed to a pharmaceutical composition comprising (a) metformin or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof and (b) a compound of formula (I-Y) or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. In another embodiment of the present invention, the pharmaceutical composition is an immediate release dosage form. In another embodiment of the present invention, the pharmaceutical composition is an extended release dosage form, wherein the dosage form releases the one or more of the active ingredients over a period of time in the range of from about 8 to about 24 hours, or any amount or range therein.
  • In an embodiment, the present invention is directed to a pharmaceutical composition comprising (a) glyburide and (b) a compound of formula (I-X) or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. In another embodiment, the present invention is directed to a pharmaceutical composition comprising (a) glyburide and (b) a compound of formula (I-Y) or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. In another embodiment of the present invention, said pharmaceutical composition is an immediate release dosage form. In another embodiment of the present invention, the pharmaceutical composition is an extended release dosage form, wherein the dosage form releases the one or more of the active ingredients over a period of time in the range of from about 8 to about 24 hours, or any amount or range therein.
  • In an embodiment, the present invention is directed to a pharmaceutical composition comprising (a) metformin or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, (b) a compound of formula (I-X) or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, and (c) a sulfonylurea or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. In another embodiment, the present invention is directed to a pharmaceutical composition comprising (a) metformin or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, (b) a compound of formula (I-Y) or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, and (c) a sulfonylurea or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. In another embodiment of the present invention, the pharmaceutical composition is an immediate release dosage form. In another embodiment of the present invention, the pharmaceutical composition is an extended release dosage form, wherein the dosage form releases one or more of the active ingredients over a period of time in the range of from about 8 to about 24 hours, or any amount or range therein, preferably over a time in the range of from about 8 hours to about 12 hours, or any amount or range therein.
  • In an embodiment, the present invention is directed to a pharmaceutical composition wherein the metformin or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof is metformin hydrochloride. In another embodiment, the present invention is directed to a pharmaceutical composition wherein the metformin hydrochloride is present at a dosage amount in the range of from about 100 mg to about 2000 mg, preferably from about 250 mg to about 2000 mg, preferably from about 250 mg to about 1000 mg, or any amount or range therein. In another embodiment, the present invention is directed to a pharmaceutical composition wherein the metformin hydrochloride is present at a dosage amount selected from the group consisting of 250 mg, 500 mg, 750 mg, 850 mg, 1000 mg, 1700 mg and 2000 mg.
  • In an embodiment, the present invention is directed to a pharmaceutical composition wherein the glyburide is present at a dosage amount in the range of from about 1.0 mg to about 20.0 mg, preferably from about 2.5 mg to about 20.0 mg, more preferably from about 2.5 mg to about 10.0 mg, or any amount or range therein. In another embodiment, the present invention is directed to a pharmaceutical composition wherein the glyburide is present at a dosage amount selected from the group consisting of 1.0, 1.5, 2.5, 5.0, 7.5, 10, 12.5, 15 and 20 mg.
  • In an embodiment, the present invention is directed to a pharmaceutical composition wherein the compound of formula (I) or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof is selected from the group consisting of a compound of formula (I-X) or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof; and a compound of formula (I-Y) or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. In another embodiment, the present invention is directed to a pharmaceutical composition wherein the compound of formula (I) or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof is the compound of formula (I-X) or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • In another embodiment, the present invention is directed to a pharmaceutical composition wherein the compound of formula (I-X) or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof is present at a dosage amount in the range of from about 1 mg to about 500 mg, preferably from about 1 mg to about 300 mg, preferably from about 25 mg to about 300 mg, or any amount or range therein. In another embodiment, the present invention is directed to a pharmaceutical composition wherein the compound of formula (I-X) or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof is present at a dosage amount in the range of from about 25 mg to about 300 mg, preferably selected from the group consisting of 50 mg, 100 mg, 150 mg, 200 mg and 300 mg.
  • In another embodiment, the present invention is directed to a pharmaceutical composition wherein the compound of formula (I-Y) or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof is present at a dosage amount in the range of from 1 mg to about 500 mg, preferably from about 1 mg to about 100 mg, or from about 1 mg to about 50 mg, or any amount or range therein. In another embodiment, the present invention is directed to a pharmaceutical composition wherein the compound of formula (I-Y) or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof is present at a dosage amount selected from the group consisting of 1 mg, 5 mg, 10 mg, 25 mg, 50 mg and 100 mg.
  • In yet another embodiment, the present invention is directed to a pharmaceutical composition comprising:
  • (a) metformin or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof;
  • (b) a compound of formula (I) or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof selected from the group consisting of a compound of formula (I-X) or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof; and a compound of formula (I-Y) or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof;
  • wherein the metformin or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof is present in an amount in the range of from about 100 mg to about 2000 mg, preferably from about 500 mg to about 1000 mg, or any amount or range therein; and
  • wherein the compound of formula (I) or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof is present in an amount in the range of from about 1 mg to about 1000 mg, or any amount or range therein (preferably in an amount in the range of from about 1 mg to about 500 mg, or any amount or range therein, more preferably in an amount in the range of from about 10 mg to about 300 mg, or any amount or range therein).
  • In yet another embodiment, the present invention is directed to a pharmaceutical composition comprising:
  • (a) glyburide; wherein the glyburide is present in an amount in the range of from about 1.0 mg to about 20 mg, preferably from about 2.5 mg to about 20 mg, or any amount or range therein; and
  • (b) a compound of formula (I) or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof (wherein the compound of formula (I) or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof is preferably selected from the group consisting of a compound of formula (I-X) or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof; and a compound of formula (I-Y) or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof); wherein the compound of formula (I) or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof is present in an amount in the range of from about 1 mg to about 1000 mg, or any amount or range therein (preferably in an amount in the range of from about 1 mg to about 500 mg, or any amount or range therein, more preferably in an amount in the range of from about 10 mg to about 300 mg, or any amount or range therein).
  • In an embodiment of the present invention, the compound of formula (I) is a compound of formula (I-X) and is present in the pharmaceutical composition in an amount in the range of from about 1 mg to about 1000 mg, or any amount or range therein, preferably in an amount in the range of from about 50 mg to about 300 mg, or any amount or range therein. In another embodiment of the present invention, the compound of formula (I) is a compound of formula (I-Y) and is present in the pharmaceutical composition in an amount in the range of from about 1 mg to about 1000 mg, or any amount or range therein, preferably in an amount in the range of from about 1 mg to about 100 mg, or any amount or range therein, more preferably in an amount in the range of from about 10 mg to about 50 mg, or any range thereof.
  • In yet another embodiment, the present invention is directed to a pharmaceutical composition comprising:
  • (a) metformin or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof; wherein the metformin or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof is present in an amount in the range of from about 100 mg to about 2000 mg, preferably from about 500 mg or about 1000 mg, or any amount or range therein;
  • (b) a compound of formula (I) or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof (wherein the compound of formula (I) is preferably selected from the group consisting of a compound of formula (I-X) or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof; and a compound of formula (I-Y) or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof); wherein the compound of formula (I) or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof is present in an amount in the range of from about 1 mg to about 1000 mg, or any amount or range therein (preferably in an amount in the range of from about 1 mg to about 500 mg, or any amount or range therein, more preferably in an amount in the range of from about 10 mg to about 300 mg, or any amount or range therein); and
  • and (c) glyburide; wherein the glyburide is present in an amount in the range of from about 1.0 mg to about 20 mg, preferably from about 2.5 mg to about 20 mg, or any amount or range therein.
  • In an embodiment, the present invention is directed to a pharmaceutical composition comprising (a) metformin hydrochloride; (b) a compound of formula (I) or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof selected from the group consisting of a compound of formula (I-X) or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof; and a compound of formula (I-Y) or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof; and one or more pharmaceutically acceptable excipients. The pharmaceutically acceptable excipients, include but are not limited to, disintegrants, binders, diluents, lubricants, stabilizers, antioxidants, surfactants, colorants, plasticizers, coatings and the like. More particularly, suitable pharmaceutical excipients comprise one or more of the following: (i) diluents such as lactose, microcrystalline cellulose, dicalcium phosphate, starch and the like; (ii) binders such as polyvinylpyrrolidone (such as POVIDONE), methylcellulose, hydroxypropyl cellulose, hydroxypropyl methylcellulose (such as METHOCEL™ E-5), and the like; (iii) disintegrants such as sodium starch glycolate, croscamellose sodium, crospovidone and the like; (iv) wetting agents such as surfactants, such as sodium lauryl stearate, polysorbate 20, and the like; (v) lubricants such as magnesium stearate, sodium stearyl fumarate, talc, and the like; (vi) flow promoters or glidants such as colloidal silicon dioxide, talc and the like; and other excipients known to be useful in the preparation of pharmaceutical compositions. Additional suitable pharmaceutical excipients and their properties may be found in texts such as Handbook of Pharmaceutical Excipients, Edited by R. C. Rowe, P. J. Sheskey & P. J. Weller, Fourth Edition (Published by Pharmaceutical Press, a Division of Royal Pharmaceutical Society of Great Britain). In another embodiment, the present invention is directed to a pharmaceutical composition as described above, further comprising a sulfonylurea or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • Fillers or diluents for use in the pharmaceutical compositions of the present invention include fillers or diluents typically used in the formulation of pharmaceuticals. Examples of fillers or diluents for use in accordance with the present invention include but are not limited to sugars such as lactose, dextrose, glucose, sucrose, cellulose, starches and carbohydrate derivatives, polysaccharides (including dextrates and maltodextrin), polyols (including mannitol, xylitol, and sorbitol), cyclodextrins, calcium carbonates, magnesium carbonates, microcrystalline cellulose, combinations thereof, and the like.
  • Binders for use in the pharmaceutical compositions of the present invention include binders commonly used in the formulation of pharmaceuticals. Examples of binders for use in accordance with the present invention include but are not limited to cellulose derivatives (including hydroxypropyl cellulose, hydroxypropyl methylcellulose, methylcellulose, and sodium carboxymethyl cellulose), glycol, sucrose, dextrose, corn syrup, polysaccharides (including acacia, targacanth, guar, alginates and starch), corn starch, pregelatinized starch, modified corn starch, gelatin, polyvinylpyrrolidone, polyethylene, polyethylene glycol, combinations thereof and the like.
  • Disintegrants for use in the pharmaceutical compositions of the present invention include disintegrants commonly used in the formulation of pharmaceuticals. Examples of disintegrants for use in accordance with the present invention include but are not limited to starches, and crosslinked starches, celluloses and polymers, combinations thereof and the like. Representative disintegrants include microcrystalline cellulose, croscarmellose sodium, alginic acid, sodium alginate, crosprovidone, cellulose, agar and related gums, sodium starch glycolate, corn starch, potato starch, sodium starch glycolate, Veegum HV, methylcellulose, agar, bentonite, sodium carboxymethylcellulose, calcium carboxymethylcellulose, carboxymethylcellulose, alginic acid, guar gum combinations thereof, and the like.
  • Lubricants, glidants or anti-tacking agents for use in the pharmaceutical compositions of the present invention include lubricants, glidants and anti-tacking agents commonly used in the formulation of pharmaceuticals. Examples for use in accordance with the present invention include but are not limited to magnesium carbonate, magnesium laurylsulphate, calcium silicate, talc, fumed silicon dioxide, combinations thereof, and the like. Other useful lubricants include but are not limited to magnesium stearate, calcium stearate, stearic acid, sodium stearyl fumarate, polyethylene glycol, sodium lauryl sulphate, magnesium lauryl sulphate, sodium benzoate, colloidal silicon dioxide, magnesium oxide, magnesium silicate, mineral oil, hydrogenated vegetable oils, waxes, glyceryl behenate, polyethylene glycol, and combinations thereof, and the like.
  • Surfactants for use in the pharmaceutical compositions of the present invention include surfactants commonly used in the formulation of pharmaceuticals. Examples of surfactants for use in accordance with the present invention include but are not limited to ionic- and nonionic surfactants or wetting agents commonly used in the formulation of pharmaceuticals, such as ethoxylated castor oil, polyglycolyzed glycerides, acetylated monoglycerides, sorbitan fatty acid esters, poloxamers, polyoxyethylene sorbitan fatty acid esters, polyoxyethylene derivatives, monoglycerides or ethoxylated derivatives thereof, diglycerides or polyoxyethylene derivatives thereof, sodium docusate, sodium laurylsulfate, cholic acid or derivatives thereof, lecithins, phospholipids, combinations thereof, and the like.
  • Other polymers commonly used as excipients in pharmaceutical compositions include, but are not limited to, methylcellulose (MC), ethylcellulose (EC), hydroxyethylcellulose (HEC), methyl hydroxyethylcellulose (MHEC), hydroxypropyl cellulose (HPC), hydroxypropyl methylcellulose (HPMC), sodium carboxymethylcellulose (NaCMC), and the like.
  • The pharmaceutical compositions can further comprise antioxidants and chelating agents. For example, the pharmaceutical formulations can comprise butylated hydroxyanisole (BHA), butylated hydroxytoluene (BHT), propyl gallate (PG), sodium metabisulfite, ascorbyl palmitate, potassium metabisulfite, disodium EDTA (ethylenediamine tetraacetic acid; also known as disodium edentate), EDTA, tartaric acid, citric acid, citric acid monohydrate, and sodium sulfite.
  • The pharmaceutical compositions may further optionally comprise one or more flow regulators (or glidants). Flow regulators may be present in powders or granules and are admixed in order to increase their flowability of the composition during manufacture, particularly in the preparation of tablets produced by pressing powders or granules. Flow regulators which can be employed include, but are not limited to, highly disperse silicon dioxide (Aerosil) or dried starch.
  • One skilled in the art will readily recognize that the appropriate pharmaceutically acceptable excipients are selected such that they are compatible with other excipients and do not bind with the drug compound(s) (active ingredient(s)) or cause drug degradation.
  • Tablet compositions may further optionally comprise a coating. Suitable coatings include, but are not limited to, film-forming polymers, such as, for example, those from the group of the cellulose derivatives, dextrins, starches, natural gums, such as, for example, gum arabic, xanthans, alginates, polyvinyl alcohol, polymethacrylates and derivatives thereof, such as, for example, Eudragit®; which may be applied to the tablet as solutions or suspensions by means of the various pharmaceutical conventional methods, such as, for example, film coating. The coating is typically applied as a solutions/suspensions which, in addition to any film-forming polymer present, may further comprise one or more adjuvants, such as hydrophilisers, plasticisers, surfactants, dyes and white pigments, such as, for example, titanium dioxide.
  • In certain embodiments of the present invention, the pharmaceutical composition preferably comprising between about 5% and about 50% by weight of diluents (relative to the total weight of the composition or composition layer), more preferably between about 5% and about 25% by weight diluent, more preferably still about 7% diluent.
  • In additional embodiments of the present invention, the pharmaceutical composition preferably comprising between about 1% and about 10% by weight of binder (relative to the total weight of the composition or composition layer), more preferably between about 3% and about 5% by weight binder, more preferably still about 4% binder.
  • In additional embodiments of the present invention, the pharmaceutical composition preferably comprising between about 1% and about 10% by weight of disintegrant (relative to the total weight of the composition or composition layer), more preferably between about 2% and about 5% by weight disintegrant, more preferably still about 3% disintegrant.
  • In additional embodiments of the present invention, the pharmaceutical composition preferably comprising between about 0% and about 5% by weight of wetting agent (relative to the total weight of the composition or composition layer), more preferably between about 0.1% and about 2% by weight wetting agent, more preferably still about 0.3% wetting agent.
  • In additional embodiments of the present invention, the pharmaceutical composition preferably comprising between about 0% and about 3% by weight of lubricant (relative to the total weight of the composition or composition layer), more preferably between about 0.1% and about 2% by weight lubricant, more preferably still about 0.5% lubricant.
  • DEFINITIONS
  • The term “halogen atom” or “halo” means chlorine, bromine, fluorine and iodine, and chlorine and fluorine are preferable.
  • The term “alkyl group” means a straight or branched saturated monovalent hydrocarbon chain having 1 to 12 carbon atoms. The straight chain or branched chain alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms is preferable, and the straight chain or branched chain alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms is more preferable. Examples thereof are methyl group, ethyl group, propyl group, isopropyl group, butyl group, t-butyl group, isobutyl group, pentyl group, hexyl group, isohexyl group, heptyl group, 4,4-dimethylpentyl group, octyl group, 2,2,4-trimethylpentyl group, nonyl group, decyl group, and various branched chain isomers thereof. Further, the alkyl group may optionally and independently be substituted by 1 to 4 substituents as listed below, if necessary.
  • The term “alkylene group” or “alkylene” means a straight or branched divalent saturated hydrocarbon chain having 1 to 12 carbon atoms. The straight chain or branched chain alkylene group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms is preferable, and the straight chain or branched chain alkylene group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms is more preferable. Examples thereof are methylene group, ethylene group, propylene group, trimethylene group, etc. If necessary, the alkylene group may optionally be substituted in the same manner as the above-mentioned “alkyl group”. Where alkylene groups as defined above attach at two different carbon atoms of the benzene ring, they form an annelated five, six or seven membered carbocycle together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached, and may optionally be substituted by one or more substituents defined below.
  • The term “alkenyl group” means a straight or branched monovalent hydrocarbon chain having 2 to 12 carbon atoms and having at least one double bond. Preferable alkenyl group is a straight chain or branched chain alkenyl group having 2 to 6 carbon atoms, and the straight chain or branched chain alkenyl group having 2 to 4 carbon atoms is more preferable. Examples thereof are vinyl group, 2-propenyl group, 3-butenyl group, 2-butenyl group, 4-pentenyl group, 3-pentenyl group, 2-hexenyl group, 3-hexenyl group, 2-heptenyl group, 3-heptenyl group, 4-heptenyl group, 3-octenyl group, 3-nonenyl group, 4-decenyl group, 3-undecenyl group, 4-dodecenyl group, 4,8,12-tetradecatrienyl group, etc. The alkenyl group may optionally and independently be substituted by 1 to 4 substituents as mentioned below, if necessary.
  • The term “alkenylene group” means a straight or branched divalent hydrocarbon chain having 2 to 12 carbon atoms and having at least one double bond. The straight chain or branched chain alkenylene group having 2 to 6 carbon atoms is preferable, and the straight chain or branched chain alkenylene group having 2 to 4 carbon atoms is more preferable. Examples thereof are vinylene group, propenylene group, butadienylene group, etc. If necessary, the alkylene group may optionally be substituted by 1 to 4 substituents as mentioned below, if necessary. Where alkenylene groups as defined above attach at two different carbon atoms of the benzene ring, they form an annelated five, six or seven membered carbocycle (e.g., a fused benzene ring) together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached, and may optionally be substituted by one or more substituents defined below.
  • The term “alkynyl group” means a straight or branched monovalent hydrocarbon chain having at least one triple bond. The preferable alkynyl group is a straight chain or branched chain alkynyl group having 2 to 6 carbon atoms, and the straight chain or branched chain alkynyl group having 2 to 4 carbon atoms is more preferable. Examples thereof are 2-propynyl group, 3-butynyl group, 2-butynyl group, 4-pentynyl group, 3-pentynyl group, 2-hexynyl group, 3-hexynyl group, 2-heptynyl group, 3-heptynyl group, 4-heptynyl group, 3-octynyl group, 3-nonynyl group, 4-decynyl group, 3-undecynyl group, 4-dodecynyl group, etc. The alkynyl group may optionally and independently be substituted by 1 to 4 substituents as mentioned below, if necessary.
  • The term “cycloalkyl group” means a monocyclic or bicyclic monovalent saturated hydrocarbon ring having 3 to 12 carbon atoms, and the monocyclic saturated hydrocarbon group having 3 to 7 carbon atoms is more preferable. Examples thereof are a monocyclic alkyl group and a bicyclic alkyl group such as cyclopropyl group, cyclobutyl group, cyclopentyl group, cyclohexyl group, cycloheptyl group, cyclooctyl group, cyclodecyl group, etc. These groups may optionally and independently be substituted by 1 to 4 substituents as mentioned below, if necessary. The cycloalkyl group may optionally be condensed with a saturated hydrocarbon ring or an unsaturated hydrocarbon ring (said saturated hydrocarbon ring and unsaturated hydrocarbon ring may optionally contain an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom, a sulfur atom, SO or SO2 within the ring, if necessary), and the condensed saturated hydrocarbon ring and the condensed unsaturated hydrocarbon ring may be optionally and independently be substituted by 1 to 4 substituents as mentioned below.
  • The term “cycloalkylidene group” means a monocyclic or bicyclic divalent saturated hydrocarbon ring having 3 to 12 carbon atoms, and the monocyclic saturated hydrocarbon group having 3 to 6 carbon atoms is preferable. Examples thereof are a monocyclic alkylidene group and a bicyclic alkylidene group such as cyclopropylidene group, cyclobutylidene group, cyclopentylidine group, cyclohexylidene group, etc. These groups may optionally and independently be substituted by 1 to 4 substituents as mentioned below, if necessary. Besides, the cycloalkylidene group may optionally be condensed with a saturated hydrocarbon ring or an unsaturated hydrocarbon ring (said saturated hydrocarbon ring and unsaturated hydrocarbon ring may optionally contain an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom, a sulfur atom, SO or SO2 within the ring, if necessary), and the condensed saturated hydrocarbon ring and the unsaturated hydrocarbon ring may be optionally and independently be substituted by 1 to 4 substituents as mentioned below.
  • The term “cycloalkenyl group” means a monocyclic or bicyclic monovalent unsaturated hydrocarbon ring having 4 to 12 carbon atoms and having at least one double bond. The preferable cycloalkenyl group is a monocyclic unsaturated hydrocarbon group having 4 to 7 carbon atoms. Examples thereof are monocyclic alkenyl groups such as cyclopentenyl group, cyclopentadienyl group, cyclohexenyl group, etc. These groups may optionally and independently be substituted by 1 to 4 substituents as mentioned below, if necessary. Besides, the cycloalkenyl group may optionally be condensed with a saturated hydrocarbon ring or an unsaturated hydrocarbon ring (said saturated hydrocarbon ring and unsaturated hydrocarbon ring may optionally contain an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom, a sulfur atom, SO or SO2 within the ring, if necessary), and the condensed saturated hydrocarbon ring and the unsaturated hydrocarbon ring may be optionally and independently be substituted by 1 to 4 substituents as mentioned below.
  • The term “cycloalkynyl group” means a monocyclic or bicyclic unsaturated hydrocarbon ring having 6 to 12 carbon atoms, and having at least one triple bond. The preferable cycloalkynyl group is a monocyclic unsaturated hydrocarbon group having 6 to 8 carbon atoms. Examples thereof are monocyclic alkynyl groups such as cyclooctynyl group, cyclodecynyl group. These groups may optionally be substituted by 1 to 4 substituents as mentioned below, if necessary. Besides, the cycloalkynyl group may optionally and independently be condensed with a saturated hydrocarbon ring or an unsaturated hydrocarbon ring (said saturated hydrocarbon ring and unsaturated hydrocarbon ring may optionally contain an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom, a sulfur atom, SO or SO2 within the ring, if necessary), and the condensed saturated hydrocarbon ring or the unsaturated hydrocarbon ring may be optionally and independently be substituted by 1 to 4 substituents as mentioned below.
  • The term “aryl group” means a monocyclic or bicyclic monovalent aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms. Examples thereof are phenyl group, naphthyl group (including 1-naphthyl group and 2-naphthyl group). These groups may optionally and independently be substituted by 1 to 4 substituents as mentioned below, if necessary. Besides, the aryl group may optionally be condensed with a saturated hydrocarbon ring or an unsaturated hydrocarbon ring (said saturated hydrocarbon ring and unsaturated hydrocarbon ring may optionally contain an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom, a sulfur atom, SO or SO2 within the ring, if necessary), and the condensed saturated hydrocarbon ring or the unsaturated hydrocarbon ring may be optionally and independently be substituted by 1 to 4 substituents as mentioned below.
  • The term “unsaturated monocyclic heterocyclic ring” means an unsaturated hydrocarbon ring containing 1-4 heteroatoms independently selected from a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom and a sulfur atom, and the preferable one is a 4- to 7-membered saturated or unsaturated hydrocarbon ring containing 1-4 heteroatoms independently selected from a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom and a sulfur atom. Examples thereof are pyridine, pyrimidine, pyrazine, furan, thiophene, pyrrole, imidazole, pyrazole, oxazole, isoxazole, 4,5-dihydrooxazole, thiazole, isothiazole, thiadiazole, triazole, tetrazole, etc. Among them, pyridine, pyrimidine, pyrazine, furan, thiophene, pyrrole, imidazole, oxazole, and thiazole can be preferably used. The “unsaturated monocyclic heterocyclic ring” may optionally and independently be substituted by 1-4 substituents as mentioned below, if necessary.
  • The term “unsaturated fused heterobicyclic ring” means hydrocarbon ring comprised of a saturated or a unsaturated hydrocarbon ring condensed with the above mentioned unsaturated monocyclic heterocyclic ring where said saturated hydrocarbon ring and said unsaturated hydrocarbon ring may optionally contain an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom, a sulfur atom, SO, or SO2 within the ring, if necessary. The “unsaturated fused heterobicyclic ring” includes, for example, benzothiophene, indole, tetrahydrobenzothiophene, benzofuran, isoquinoline, thienothiophene, thienopyridine, quinoline, indoline, isoindoline, benzothiazole, benzoxazole, indazole, dihydroisoquinoline, etc. Further, the “heterocyclic ring” also includes possible N- or S-oxides thereof.
  • The term “heterocyclyl” means a monovalent group of the above-mentioned unsaturated monocyclic heterocyclic ring or unsaturated fused heterobicyclic ring and a monovalent group of the saturated version of the above-mentioned unsaturated monocyclic heterocyclic or unsaturated fused heterobicyclic ring. If necessary, the heterocyclyl may optionally and independently be substituted by 1 to 4 substituents as mentioned below.
  • The term “alkanoyl group” means a formyl group and ones formed by binding an “alkyl group” to a carbonyl group.
  • The term “alkoxy group” means ones formed by binding an “alkyl group” to an oxygen atom.
  • The substituent for the above each group includes, for example, a halogen atom (e.g., fluorine, chlorine, bromine, iodine), a nitro group, a cyano group, an oxo group, a hydroxy group, a mercapto group, a carboxyl group, a sulfo group, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, a cycloalkyl group, a cycloalkylidenemethyl group, a cycloalkenyl group, a cycloalkynyl group, an aryl group, a heterocyclyl group, an alkoxy group, an alkenyloxy group, an alkynyloxy group, a cycloalkyloxy group, a cycloalkenyloxy group, a cycloalkynyloxy group, an aryloxy group, a heterocyclyloxy group, an alkanoyl group, an alkenylcarbonyl group, an alkynylcarbonyl group, a cycloalkylcarbonyl group, a cycloalkenylcarbonyl group, a cycloalkynylcarbonyl group, an arylcarbonyl group, a heterocyclylcarbonyl group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, an alkenyloxycarbonyl group, an alkynyloxycarbonyl group, a cycloalkyloxycarbonyl group, a cycloalkenyloxycarbonyl group, a cycloalkynyloxycarbonyl group, an aryloxycarbonyl group, a heterocyclyloxycarbonyl group, an alkanoyloxy group, an alkenylcarbonyloxy group, an alkynylcarbonyloxy group, a cycloalkylcarbonyloxy group, a cycloalkenylcarbonyloxy group, a cycloalkynylcarbonyloxy group, an arylcarbonyloxy group, a heterocyclylcarbonyloxy group, an alkylthio group, an alkenylthio group, an alkynylthio group, a cycloalkylthio group, a cycloalkenylthio group, a cycloalkynylthio group, an arylthio group, a heterocyclylthio group, an amino group, a mono- or di-alkylamino group, a mono- or di-alkanoylamino group, a mono- or di-alkoxycarbonylamino group, a mono- or di-arylcarbonylamino group, an alkylsulfinylamino group, an alkylsulfonylamino group, an arylsulfinylamino group, an arylsulfonylamino group, a carbamoyl group, a mono- or di-alkylcarbamoyl group, a mono- or di-arylcarbamoyl group, an alkylsulfinyl group, an alkenylsulfinyl group, an alkynylsulfinyl group, a cycloalkylsulfinyl group, a cycloalkenylsulfinyl group, a cycloalkynylsulfinyl group, an arylsulfinyl group, a heterocyclylsulfinyl group, an alkylsulfonyl group, an alkenylsulfonyl group, an alkynylsulfonyl group, a cycloalkylsulfonyl group, a cycloalkenylsulfonyl group, a cycloalkynylsulfonyl group, an arylsulfonyl group, and a heterocyclylsulfonyl group. Each group as mentioned above may optionally be substituted by these substituents.
  • Further, the terms such as a haloalkyl group, a halo-lower alkyl group, a haloalkoxy group, a halo-lower alkoxy group, a halophenyl group, or a haloheterocyclyl group mean an alkyl group, a lower alkyl group, an alkoxy group, a lower alkoxy group, a phenyl group or a heterocyclyl group (hereinafter, referred to as an alkyl group, etc.) being substituted by one or more halogen atoms, respectively. Preferable ones are an alkyl group, etc. being substituted by 1 to 7 halogen atoms, and more preferable ones are an alkyl group, etc. being substituted by 1 to 5 halogen atoms. Similarly, the terms such as a hydroxyalkyl group, a hydroxy-lower alkyl group, a hydroxyalkoxy group, a hydroxy-lower alkoxy group and a hydroxyphenyl group mean an alkyl group, etc., being substituted by one or more hydroxy groups. Preferable ones are an alkyl group, etc., being substituted by 1 to 4 hydroxy groups, and more preferable ones are an alkyl group, etc., being substituted by 1 to 2 hydroxy groups. Further, the terms such as an alkoxyalkyl group, a lower alkoxyalkyl group, an alkoxy-lower alkyl group, a lower alkoxy-lower alkyl group, an alkoxyalkoxy group, a lower alkoxyalkoxy group, an alkoxy-lower alkoxy group, a lower alkoxy-lower alkoxy group, an alkoxyphenyl group, and a lower alkoxyphenyl group means an alkyl group, etc., being substituted by one or more alkoxy groups. Preferable ones are an alkyl group, etc., being substituted by 1 to 4 alkoxy groups, and more preferable ones are an alkyl group, etc., being substituted by 1 to 2 alkoxy groups.
  • The terms “arylakyl” and “arylalkoxy” as used alone or as part of another group refer to alkyl and alkoxy groups as described above having an aryl substituent.
  • The term “lower” used in the definitions for the formulae in the present specification means a straight or branched carbon chain having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, unless defined otherwise. More preferably, it means a straight or branched carbon chain having 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
  • Examples of the optionally substituted unsaturated monocyclic heterocyclic ring of the present invention include an unsaturated monocyclic heterocyclic ring which may optionally be substituted by 1-5 substituents selected from the group consisting of a halogen atom, a nitro group, a cyano group, an oxo group, a hydroxyl group, a mercapto group, a carboxyl group, a sulfo group, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, a cycloalkyl group, a cycloalkylidenemethyl group, a cycloalkenyl group, a cycloalkynyl group, an aryl group, a heterocyclyl group, an alkoxy group, an alkenyloxy group, an alkynyloxy group, a cycloalkyloxy group, a cycloalkenyloxy group, a cycloalkynyloxy group, an aryloxy group, a heterocyclyloxy group, an alkanoyl group, an alkenylcarbonyl group, an alkynylcarbonyl group, a cycloalkylcarbonyl group, a cycloalkenylcarbonyl group, a cycloalkynylcarbonyl group, an arylcarbonyl group, a heterocyclylcarbonyl group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, an alkenyloxycarbonyl group, an alkynyloxycarbonyl group, a cycloalkyloxycarbonyl group, a cycloalkenyloxycarbonyl group, a cycloalkynyloxycarbonyl group, an aryloxycarbonyl group, a heterocyclyloxycarbonyl group, an alkanoyloxy group, an alkenylcarbonyloxy group, an alkynylcarbonyloxy group, a cycloalkylcarbonyloxy group, a cycloalkenylcarbonyloxy group, a cycloalkynylcarbonyloxy group, an arylcarbonyloxy group, a heterocyclylcarbonyloxy group, an alkylthio group, an alkenylthio group, an alkynylthio group, a cycloalkylthio group, a cycloalkenylthio group, a cycloalkynylthio group, an arylthio group, a heterocyclylthio group, an amino group, a mono- or di-alkylamino group, a mono- or di-alkanoylamino group, a mono- or di-alkoxycarbonylamino group, a mono- or di-arylcarbonylamino group, an alkylsulfinylamino group, an alkylsulfonylamino group, an arylsulfinylamino group, an arylsulfonylamino group, a carbamoyl group, a mono- or di-alkylcarbamoyl group, a mono- or di-arylcarbamoyl group, an alkylsulfinyl group, an alkenylsulfinyl group, an alkynylsulfinyl group, a cycloalkylsulfinyl group, a cycloalkenylsulfinyl group, a cycloalkynylsulfinyl group, an arylsulfinyl group, a heterocyclylsulfinyl group, an alkylsulfonyl group, an alkenylsulfonyl group, an alkynylsulfonyl group, a cycloalkylsulfonyl group, a cycloalkenylsulfonyl group, a cycloalkynylsulfonyl group, an arylsulfonyl group, and a heterocyclylsulfonyl group wherein each substituent may optionally be further substituted by these substituents.
  • Examples of the optionally substituted unsaturated fused heterobicyclic ring of the present invention include an unsaturated fused heterobicyclic ring which may optionally be substituted by 1-5 substituents selected from the group consisting of a halogen atom, a nitro group, a cyano group, an oxo group, a hydroxy group, a mercapto group, a carboxyl group, a sulfo group, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, a cycloalkyl group, a cycloalkylidene-methyl group, a cycloalkenyl group, a cycloalkynyl group, an aryl group, a heterocyclyl group, an alkoxy group, an alkenyloxy group, an alkynyloxy group, a cycloalkyloxy group, a cycloalkenyloxy group, a cycloalkynyloxy group, an aryloxy group, a heterocyclyloxy group, an alkanoyl group, an alkenylcarbonyl group, an alkynylcarbonyl group, a cycloalkylcarbonyl group, a cycloalkenyl-carbonyl group, a cycloalkynyl-carbonyl group, an arylcarbonyl group, a heterocyclylcarbonyl group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, an alkenyloxycarbonyl group, an alkynyloxy-carbonyl group, a cycloalkyloxycarbonyl group, a cycloalkenyloxy-carbonyl group, a cycloalkynyloxycarbonyl group, an aryloxycarbonyl group, a heterocyclyloxycarbonyl group, an alkanoyloxy group, an alkenylcarbonyloxy group, an alkynylcarbonyloxy group, a cyclo-alkylcarbonyloxy group, a cycloalkenylcarbonyloxy group, a cyclo-alkynylcarbonyloxy group, an arylcarbonyloxy group, a heterocyclyl-carbonyloxy group, an alkylthio group, an alkenylthio group, an alkynylthio group, a cycloalkylthio group, a cycloalkenylthio group, a cycloalkynylthio group, an arylthio group, a heterocyclylthio group, an amino group, a mono- or di-alkylamino group, a mono- or di-alkanoyl-amino group, a mono- or di-alkoxycarbonylamino group, a mono- or di-arylcarbonylamino group, an alkylsulfinylamino group, an alkyl-sulfonylamino group, an arylsulfinylamino group, an arylsulfonylamino group, a carbamoyl group, a mono- or di-alkylcarbamoyl group, a mono- or di-arylcarbamoyl group, an alkylsulfinyl group, an alkenylsulfinyl group, an alkynylsulfinyl group, a cycloalkylsulfinyl group, a cyclo-alkenylsulfinyl group, a cycloalkynylsulfinyl group, an arylsulfinyl group, a heterocyclylsulfinyl group, an alkylsulfonyl group, an alkenylsulfonyl group, an alkynylsulfonyl group, a cycloalkylsulfonyl group, a cyclo-alkenylsulfonyl group, a cycloalkynylsulfonyl group, an arylsulfonyl group, and a heterocyclylsulfonyl group, wherein each substituent may optionally be further substituted by these substituents.
  • Examples of the optionally substituted benzene ring of the present invention include a benzene ring which may optionally be substituted by 1-5 substituents selected from the group consisting of a halogen atom, a nitro group, a cyano group, a hydroxy group, a mercapto group, a carboxyl group, a sulfo group, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, a cycloalkyl group, a cycloalkylidenemethyl group, a cycloalkenyl group, a cycloalkynyl group, an aryl group, a heterocyclyl group, an alkoxy group, an alkenyloxy group, an alkynyloxy group, a cycloalkyloxy group, a cycloalkenyloxy group, a cycloalkynyloxy group, an aryloxy group, a heterocyclyloxy group, an alkanoyl group, an alkenylcarbonyl group, an alkynylcarbonyl group, a cycloalkylcarbonyl group, a cycloalkenylcarbonyl group, a cycloalkynylcarbonyl group, an arylcarbonyl group, a heterocyclylcarbonyl group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, an alkenyloxycarbonyl group, an alkynyloxycarbonyl group, a cycloalkyloxycarbonyl group, a cycloalkenyloxycarbonyl group, a cycloalkynyloxycarbonyl group, an aryloxycarbonyl group, a heterocyclyloxycarbonyl group, an alkanoyloxy group, an alkenylcarbonyloxy group, an alkynylcarbonyloxy group, a cycloalkylcarbonyloxy group, a cycloalkenylcarbonyloxy group, a cycloalkynylcarbonyloxy group, an arylcarbonyloxy group, a heterocyclylcarbonyloxy group, an alkylthio group, an alkenylthio group, an alkynylthio group, a cycloalkylthio group, a cycloalkenylthio group, a cycloalkynylthio group, an arylthio group, a heterocyclylthio group, an amino group, a mono- or di-alkylamino group, a mono- or di-alkanoylamino group, a mono- or di-alkoxycarbonylamino group, a mono- or di-arylcarbonylamino group, an alkylsulfinylamino group, an alkylsulfonylamino group, an arylsulfinylamino group, an arylsulfonylamino group, a carbamoyl group, a mono- or di-alkylcarbamoyl group, a mono- or di-arylcarbamoyl group, an alkylsulfinyl group, an alkenylsulfinyl group, an alkynylsulfinyl group, a cycloalkylsulfinyl group, a cycloalkenylsulfinyl group, a cycloalkynylsulfinyl group, an arylsulfinyl group, a heterocyclylsulfinyl group, an alkylsulfonyl group, an alkenylsulfonyl group, an alkynylsulfonyl group, a cycloalkylsulfonyl group, a cycloalkenylsulfonyl group, a cycloalkynylsulfonyl group, an arylsulfonyl group, a heterocyclylsulfonyl group, an alkylene group, an alkyleneoxy group, an alkylenedioxy group, and an alkenylene group wherein each substituent may optionally be further substituted by these substituents. Moreover, examples of the optionally substituted benzene ring include a benzene ring substituted with an alkylene group to form an annelated carbocycle together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached, and also includes a benzene ring substituted with an alkenylene group to form an annelated carbocycle such as a fused benzene ring together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached.
  • Preferable examples of the optionally substituted unsaturated monocyclic heterocyclic ring include an unsaturated monocyclic heterocyclic ring which may optionally be substituted by 1-3 substituents selected from the group consisting of a halogen atom, a hydroxy group, an alkoxy group, an alkyl group, a haloalkyl group, a haloalkoxy group, a hydroxyalkyl group, an alkoxyalkyl group, an alkoxyalkoxy group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, a cycloalkyl group, a cycloalkylidenemethyl group, a cycloalkenyl group, a cycloalkyloxy group, an aryl group, an aryloxy group, an arylalkoxy group, a cyano group, a nitro group, an amino group, a mono- or di-alkylamino group, an alkanoylamino group, an alkoxycarbonylamino group, a carboxyl group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, a carbamoyl group, a mono- or di-alkylcarbamoyl group, an alkanoyl group, an alkylsulfonylamino group, an arylsulfonylamino group, an alkylsulfinyl group, an alkylsulfonyl group, an arylsulfonyl group, a heterocyclyl group, and an oxo group.
  • Preferable examples of the optionally substituted unsaturated fused heterobicyclic ring include an unsaturated fused heterobicyclic ring which may optionally be substituted by 1-3 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of a halogen atom, a hydroxy group, an alkoxy group, an alkyl group, a haloalkyl group, a haloalkoxy group, a hydroxyalkyl group, an alkoxyalkyl group, an alkoxyalkoxy group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, a cycloalkyl group, a cycloalkylidenemethyl group, a cycloalkenyl group, a cycloalkyloxy group, an aryl group, an aryloxy group, an arylalkoxy group, a cyano group, a nitro group, an amino group, a mono- or di-alkylamino group, an alkanoylamino group, an alkoxycarbonylamino group, a carboxyl group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, a carbamoyl group, a mono- or di-alkylcarbamoyl group, an alkanoyl group, an alkylsulfonylamino group, an arylsulfonylamino group, an alkylsulfinyl group, an alkylsulfonyl group, an arylsulfonyl group, a heterocyclyl group, and an oxo group.
  • Preferable examples of the optionally substituted benzene ring include a benzene ring which may optionally be substituted by 1-3 substituents selected from the group consisting of a halogen atom, a hydroxy group, an alkoxy group, an alkyl group, a haloalkyl group, a haloalkoxy group, a hydroxyalkyl group, an alkoxyalkyl group, an alkoxyalkoxy group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, a cycloalkyl group, a cycloalkylidenemethyl group, a cycloalkenyl group, a cycloalkyloxy group, an aryl group, an aryloxy group, an arylalkoxy group, a cyano group, a nitro group, an amino group, a mono- or di-alkylamino group, an alkanoylamino group, an alkoxycarbonylamino group, a carboxyl group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, a carbamoyl group, a mono- or di-alkylcarbamoyl group, an alkanoyl group, an alkylsulfonylamino group, an arylsulfonylamino group, an alkylsulfinyl group, an alkylsulfonyl group, an arylsulfonyl group, a heterocyclyl group, an alkylene group, an alkyleneoxy group, an alkylenedioxy group, and an alkenylene group.
  • Preferrably, the optionally substituted unsaturated monocyclic heterocyclic ring is an unsaturated monocyclic heterocyclic ring which may optionally be substituted by 1-3 substituents, independently selected from the group consisting of a halogen atom, a hydroxy group, a cyano group, a nitro group, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, a cycloalkyl group, a cycloalkylidenemethyl group, an alkoxy group, an alkanoyl group, an alkylthio group, an alkylsulfonyl group, an alkylsulfinyl group, an amino group, a mono- or di-alkylamino group, an alkanoylamino group, an alkoxycarbonylamino group, a sulfamoyl group, a mono- or di-alkylsulfamoyl group, a carboxyl group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, a carbamoyl group, a mono- or di-alkylcarbamoyl group, an alkylsulfonylamino group, a phenyl group, a phenoxy group, a phenylsulfonylamino group, a phenylsulfonyl group, a heterocyclyl group, and an oxo group;
  • the optionally substituted unsaturated fused heterobicyclic ring is an unsaturated fused heterobicyclic ring which may optionally be substituted by 1-3 substituents selected from the group consisting of a halogen atom, a hydroxy group, a cyano group, a nitro group, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, a cycloalkyl group, a cycloalkylidenemethyl group, an alkoxy group, an alkylthio group, an alkylsulfonyl group, an alkylsulfinyl group, an amino group, a mono- or di-alkylamino group, an alkanoylamino group, an alkoxycarbonylamino group, a sulfamoyl group, a mono- or di-alkyl-sulfamoyl group, a carboxyl group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, a carbamoyl group, a mono- or di-alkylcarbamoyl group, an alkanoyl group, an alkylsulfonylamino group, a phenyl group, a phenoxy group, a phenylsulfonylamino group, phenylsulfonyl group, a heterocyclyl group, and an oxo group; and
  • the optionally substituted benzene ring is a benzene ring which may optionally be substituted by 1-3 substituents, independently selected from the group consisting of a halogen atom, a hydroxy group, a cyano group, a nitro group, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, a cycloalkyl group, a cycloalkylidenemethyl group, an alkoxy group, an alkanoyl group, an alkylthio group, an alkylsulfonyl group, an alkylsulfinyl group, an amino group, a mono- or di-alkylamino group, an alkanoylamino group, an alkoxycarbonylamino group, a sulfamoyl group, a mono- or di-alkylsulfamoyl group, a carboxyl group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, a carbamoyl group, a mono- or di-alkylcarbamoyl group, an alkylsulfonylamino group, a phenyl group, a phenoxy group, a phenylsulfonylamino group, a phenylsulfonyl group, a heterocyclyl group, an alkylene group, and an alkenylene group;
  • wherein each of the above-mentioned substituents on the unsaturated monocyclic heterocyclic ring, the unsaturated fused heterobicyclic ring and the benzene ring may further be substituted by 1-3 substituents, independently selected from the group consisting of a halogen atom, a hydroxy group, a cyano group, an alkyl group, a haloalkyl group, an alkoxy group, a haloalkoxy group, an alkanoyl group, an alkylthio group, an alkylsulfonyl group, a mono- or di-alkylamino group, a carboxyl group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, a phenyl group, an alkyleneoxy group, an alkylenedioxy group, an oxo group, a carbamoyl group, and a mono- or di-alkylcarbamoyl group.
  • Preferably, the optionally substituted unsaturated monocyclic heterocyclic ring is an unsaturated monocyclic heterocyclic ring which may optionally be substituted by 1-3 substituents, independently selected from the group consisting of a halogen atom, a cyano group, an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, an alkanoyl group, a mono- or di-alkylamino group, an alkanoylamino group, an alkoxycarbonylamino group, a carboxyl group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, a carbamoyl group, a mono- or di-alkylcarbamoyl group, a phenyl group, a heterocyclyl group, and an oxo group;
  • the optionally substituted unsaturated fused heterobicyclic ring is an unsaturated fused heterobicyclic ring which may optionally be substituted by 1-3 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of a halogen atom, a cyano group, an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, an alkanoyl group, a mono- or di-alkylamino group, an alkanoylamino group, an alkoxycarbonylamino group, a carboxy group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, a carbamoyl group, a mono- or di-alkylcarbamoyl group, a phenyl group, a heterocyclyl group, and an oxo group; and
  • the optionally substituted benzene ring is a benzene ring which may optionally be substituted by 1-3 substituents, independently selected from the group consisting of a halogen atom, a cyano group, an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, an alkanoyl group, a mono- or di-alkylamino group, an alkanoylamino group, an alkoxycarbonylamino group, a carboxyl group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, a carbamoyl group, a mono- or di-alkylcarbamoyl group, a phenyl group, a heterocyclyl group, an alkylene group, and an alkenylene group;
  • wherein each of the above-mentioned substituents on the unsaturated monocyclic heterocyclic ring, the unsaturated fused heterobicyclic ring and the benzene ring may further be substituted by 1-3 substituents, independently selected from the group consisting of a halogen atom, a cyano group, an alkyl group, a haloalkyl group, an alkoxy group, a haloalkoxy group, an alkanoyl group, a mono- or di-alkylamino group, a carboxyl group, a hydroxy group, a phenyl group, an alkylenedioxy group, an alkyleneoxy group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, a carbamoyl group and a mono- or di-alkylcarbamoyl group.
  • In a preferred embodiment of the present invention, in the compound of formula (I),
  • (1) Ring A is an unsaturated monocyclic heterocyclic ring which may optionally be substituted by 1-3 substituents, independently selected from the group consisting of a halogen atom, a hydroxy group, a cyano group, a nitro group, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, a cycloalkyl group, a cycloalkylidenemethyl group, an alkoxy group, an alkanoyl group, an alkylthio group, an alkylsulfonyl group, an alklsulfinyl group, an amino group, a mono- or di-alkylamino group, a sulfamoyl group, a mono- or di-alkylsulfamoyl group, a carboxyl group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, a carbamoyl group, a mono- or di-alkylcarbamoyl group, an alkylsulfonylamino group, a phenyl group, a phenoxy group, a phenylsulfonylamino group, a phenylsulfonyl group, a heterocyclyl group, and an oxo group, and
  • Ring B is an unsaturated monocyclic heterocyclic ring, an unsaturated fused heterobicyclic ring, or a benzene ring, each of which may optionally be substituted by 1-3 substituents, independently selected from the group consisting of a halogen atom, a hydroxy group, a cyano group, a nitro group, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, a cycloalkyl group, a cycloalkylidenemethyl group, an alkoxy group, an alkanoyl group, an alkylthio group, an alkylsulfonyl group, an alkylsulfinyl group, an amino group, a mono- or di-alkylamino group, a sulfamoyl group, a mono- or di-alkylsulfamoyl group, a carboxyl group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, a carbamoyl group, a mono- or di-alkylcarbamoyl group, an alkylsulfonylamino group, a phenyl group, a phenoxy group, a phenylsulfonylamino group, a phenylsulfonyl group, a heterocyclyl group, an alkylene group, and an alkenylene group;
  • (2) Ring A is a benzene ring which may optionally be substituted by 1-3 substituents, independently selected from the group consisting of a halogen atom, a hydroxy group, a cyano group, a nitro group, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, a cycloalkyl group, a cycloalkylidenemethyl group, an alkoxy group, an alkanoyl group, an alkylthio group, an alkylsulfonyl group, an alklsulfinyl group, an amino group, a mono- or di-alkylamino group, an alkanoylamino group, a sulfamoyl group, a mono- or di-alkylsulfamoyl group, a carboxyl group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, a carbamoyl group, a mono- or di-alkylcarbamoyl group, an alkylsulfonylamino group, a phenyl group, a phenoxy group, a phenylsulfonylamino group, a phenylsulfonyl group, a heterocyclyl group, an alkylene group, and an alkenylene group, and
  • Ring B is an unsaturated monocyclic heterocyclic ring or an unsaturated fused heterobicyclic ring, each of which may optionally be substituted by 1-3 substituents, independently selected from the group consisting of a halogen atom, a hydroxy group, a cyano group, a nitro group, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, a cycloalkyl group, a cycloalkylidenemethyl group, an alkoxy group, an alkanoyl group, an alkylthio group, an alkylsulfonyl group, an alklsulfinyl group, an amino group, a mono- or di-alkylamino group, a sulfamoyl group, a mono- or di-alkylsulfamoyl group, a carboxyl group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, a carbamoyl group, a mono- or di-alkylcarbamoyl group, an alkylsulfonylamino group, a phenyl group, a phenoxy group, a phenylsulfonylamino group, a phenylsulfonyl group, a heterocyclyl group, an alkylene group and an oxo group; or
  • (3) Ring A is an unsaturated fused heterobicyclic ring which may optionally be substituted by 1-3 substituents, independently selected from the group consisting of a halogen atom, a hydroxy group, a cyano group, a nitro group, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, a cycloalkyl group, a cycloalkylidenemethyl group, an alkoxy group, an alkanoyl group, an alkylthio group, an alkylsulfonyl group, an alklsulfinyl group, an amino group, a mono- or di-alkylamino group, a sulfamoyl group, a mono- or di-alkylsulfamoyl group, a carboxyl group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, a carbamoyl group, a mono- or di-alkylcarbamoyl group, an alkylsulfonylamino group, a phenyl group, a phenoxy group, a phenylsulfonylamino group, a phenylsulfonyl group, a heterocyclyl group, and an oxo group, and
  • Ring B is an unsaturated monocyclic heterocyclic ring, an unsaturated fused heterobicyclic ring, or a benzene ring, each of which may optionally be substituted by 1-3 substituents, independently selected from the group consisting of a halogen atom, a hydroxy group, a cyano group, a nitro group, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, a cycloalkyl group, a cycloalkylidenemethyl group, an alkoxy group, an alkanoyl group, an alkylthio group, an alkylsulfonyl group, an alklsulfinyl group, an amino group, a mono- or di-alkylamino group, a sulfamoyl group, a mono- or di-alkylsulfamoyl group, a carboxyl group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, a carbamoyl group, a mono- or di-alkylcarbamoyl group, an alkylsulfonylamino group, a phenyl group, a phenoxy group, a phenylsulfonylamino group, a phenylsulfonyl group, a heterocyclyl group, an alkylene group and an oxo group;
  • wherein each of the above-mentioned substituents on Ring A and Ring B may optionally be substituted by 1-3 substituents, independently selected from the group consisting of a halogen atom, a cyano group, an alkyl group, a haloalkyl group, an alkoxy group, a haloalkoxy group, an alkanoyl group, a mono- or di-alkylamino group, a carboxyl group, a hydroxy group, a phenyl group, an alkylenedioxy group, an alkyleneoxy group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, a carbamoyl group and a mono- or di-alkylcarbamoyl group.
  • In another preferred embodiment of the present invention, in the compound of formula (I), Ring A and Ring B are
  • (1) Ring A is an unsaturated monocyclic heterocyclic ring which may optionally be substituted by a halogen atom, a lower alkyl group, a halo-lower alkyl group, a lower alkoxy group, or an oxo group, and Ring B is (a) a benzene ring which may optionally be substituted by a halogen atom; a cyano group; a lower alkyl group; a halo-lower alkyl group; a lower alkoxy group; a halo-lower alkoxy group; a mono- or di-lower alkylamino group; a phenyl group optionally substituted by a halogen atom, a cyano group, a lower alkyl group, a halo-lower alkyl group, a lower alkoxy group, or a mono- or di-lower alkylamino group; or a heterocyclyl group optionally substituted by a halogen atom, a cyano group, a lower alkyl group, a halo-lower alkyl group, a lower alkoxy group, or a mono- or di-lower alkylamino group; (b) an unsaturated monocyclic heterocyclic ring which may optionally be substituted by a group selected from a halogen atom, cyano group, a lower alkyl group, a halo-lower alkyl group, a lower alkoxy group, a halo-lower alkoxy group, a mo- or di-lower alkylamino group, a phenyl group which may be substituted with a halogen atom, cyano group, a lower alkyl group, a halo-lower alkyl group, a lower alkoxy group, or a mono- or di-lower alkylamino group; and a heterocyclyl group which may optionally be substituted with a group selected from a halogen atom, cyano group, a lower alkyl group, a halo-lower alkyl group, a lower alkoxy group, or a mono- or di-lower alkylamino group; or (c) an unsaturated fused heterobicyclic ring which may optionally be substituted by a group selected from a halogen atom, cyano group, a lower alkyl group, a halo-lower alkyl group, a lower alkoxy group, a halo-lower alkoxy group, a mono- or di-lower alkylamino group, a phenyl group which may be substituted with a halogen atom, cyano group, a lower alkyl group, a halo-lower alkyl group, a lower alkoxy group, or a mono- or di-lower alkylamino group; and a heterocyclyl group which may optionally be substituted with a group selected from a halogen atom, cyano group, a lower alkyl group, a halo-lower alkyl group, a lower alkoxy group, or a mono- or di-lower alkylamino group;
  • (2) Ring A is a benzene ring which may optionally be substituted by a halogen atom, a lower alkyl group, a halo-lower alkyl group, a lower alkoxy group, a phenyl group, or a lower alkenylene group, and Ring B is (a) an unsaturated monocyclic heterocyclic ring which may optionally be substituted by a halogen atom; a cyano group; a lower alkyl group; a halo-lower alkyl group; a phenyl-lower alkyl group; a lower alkoxy group; a halo-lower alkoxy group; a mono- or di-lower alkylamino group; a phenyl group optionally substituted by a halogen atom, a cyano group, a lower alkyl group, a halo-lower alkyl group, a lower alkoxy group, a mono- or di-lower alkylamino group, or a carbamoyl group; or a heterocyclyl group optionally substituted by a halogen atom, a cyano group, a lower alkyl group, a halo-lower alkyl group, a lower alkoxy group, a mono- or di-lower alkylamino group or a carbamoyl group; (b) an unsaturated fused heterobicyclic ring which may optionally be substituted by a group selected from a halogen atom, cyano group, a lower alkyl group, a halo-lower alkyl group, a phenyl-lower alkyl group, a lower alkoxy group, a halo-lower alkoxy group, a mo- or di-lower alkylamino group, a phenyl group which may be substituted with a halogen atom, cyano group, a lower alkyl group, a halo-lower alkyl group, a lower alkoxy group, or a mono- or di-lower alkylamino group; and a heterocyclyl group which may optionally be substituted with a group selected from a halogen atom, cyano group, a lower alkyl group, a halo-lower alkyl group, a lower alkoxy group, or a mono- or di-lower alkylamino group; or
  • (3) Ring A is an unsaturated fused heterobicyclic ring which may optionally be substituted by a halogen atom, a lower alkyl group, a halo-lower alkyl group, a lower alkoxy group, or an oxo group, and Ring B is (a) a benzene ring which may optionally be substituted by a group selected from a halogen atom, cyano group, a lower alkyl group, a halo-lower alkyl group, a lower alkoxy group, a halo-lower alkoxy group, a mo- or di-lower alkylamino group, a phenyl group which may be substituted with a halogen atom, cyano group, a lower alkyl group, a halo-lower alkyl group, a lower alkoxy group, or a mono- or di-lower alkylamino group; and a heterocyclyl group which may optionally be substituted with a group selected from a halogen atom, cyano group, a lower alkyl group, a halo-lower alkyl group, a lower alkoxy group, or a mono- or di-lower alkylamino group; (b) an unsaturated monocyclic heterocyclic ring which may optionally be substituted by a halogen atom; a cyano group; a lower alkyl group; a halo-lower alkyl group; a lower alkoxy group; a halo-lower alkoxy group; a mono- or di-lower alkylamino group; a phenyl group optionally substituted by a halogen atom, a cyano group, a lower alkyl group, a halo-lower alkyl group, a lower alkoxy group, or a mono- or di-lower alkylamino group; or a heterocyclyl group optionally substituted by a halogen atom, a cyano group, a lower alkyl group, a halo-lower alkyl group, a lower alkoxy group, or a mono- or di-lower alkylamino group; or (c) an unsaturated fused heterobicyclic ring which may optionally be substituted by a group selected from a halogen atom, cyano group, a lower alkyl group, a halo-lower alkyl group, a lower alkoxy group, a halo-lower alkoxy group, a mo- or di-lower alkylamino group, a phenyl group which may be substituted with a halogen atom, cyano group, a lower alkyl group, a halo-lower alkyl group, a lower alkoxy group, or a mono- or di-lower alkylamino group; and a heterocyclyl group which may optionally be substituted with a group selected from a halogen atom, cyano group, a lower alkyl group, a halo-lower alkyl group, a lower alkoxy group, or a mono- or di-lower alkylamino group.
  • In another preferred embodiment, in the compound of formula (I), Y is —CH2— and is linked at the 3-position of Ring A, with respect to X being the 1-position, Ring A is a benzene ring which is substituted by 1-3 substituents selected from the group consisting of a lower alkyl group, a halo-lower alkyl group, a halogen atom, a lower alkoxy group, a phenyl group, and a lower alkenylene group, and Ring B is an unsaturated monocyclic heterocyclic ring or an unsaturated fused heterobicyclic ring, each of which may be substituted by 1-3 substituents selected from the group consisting of a lower alkyl group, a halo-lower alkyl group, a phenyl-lower alkyl group, a halogen atom, a lower alkoxy group, a halo-lower alkoxy group, a phenyl group, a halophenyl group, a cyanophenyl group, a lower alkylphenyl group, a halo-lower alkylphenyl group, a lower alkoxyphenyl group, a halo-lower alkoxy phenyl group, a lower alkylenedioxyphenyl group, a lower alkyleneoxy phenyl group, a mono- or di-lower alkylaminophenyl group, a carbamoyl phenyl group, a mono- or di-lower alkylcarbamoylphenyl group, a heterocyclyl group, a haloheterocyclyl group, a cyanoheterocyclyl group, a lower alkylheterocyclyl group, a lower alkoxyheterocyclyl group, a mono- or di-lower alkylaminoheterocycyclyl group, a carbamoylheterocyclyl group, and a mono- or di-lower alkylcarbamoyl group.
  • In another more preferable embodiment, in the compound of formula (I), Y is —CH2— and is linked at the 3-position of Ring A, with respect to X being the 1-position, Ring A is an unsaturated monocyclic heterocyclic ring which may be substituted by 1-3 substituents selected from the group consisting of a lower alkyl group, a halogen atom, a lower alkoxy group, and an oxo group, and Ring B is a benzene ring which may be substituted by 1-3 substituents selected from the group consisting of a lower alkyl group, a halo-lower alkyl group, a halogen atom, a lower alkoxy group, a halo-lower alkoxy group, a phenyl group, a halophenyl group, a cyanophenyl group, a lower alkylphenyl group, a halo-lower alkylphenyl group, a lower alkoxyphenyl group, a heterocyclyl group, a haloheterocyclyl group, a cyanoheterocyclyl group, a lower alkylheterocyclyl group, and a lower alkoxyheterocyclyl group.
  • Further, in another preferable embodiment, in the compound of formula (I), Y is —CH2— and is linked at the 3-position of Ring A, with respect to X being the 1-position, Ring A is an unsaturated monocyclic heterocyclic ring which may be substituted by 1-3 substituents selected from the group consisting of a lower alkyl group, a halogen atom, a lower alkoxy group, and an oxo group, and Ring B is an unsaturated monocyclic heterocyclic ring or an unsaturated fused heterobicyclic ring, each of which may be substituted by 1-3 substituents selected from the group consisting of a lower alkyl group, a halo-lower alkyl group, a halogen atom, a lower alkoxy group, a halo-lower alkoxy group, a phenyl group, a halophenyl group, a cyanophenyl group, a lower alkylphenyl group, a halo-lower alkylphenyl group, a lower alkoxyphenyl group, a halo-lower alkoxyphenyl group, a heterocyclyl group, a haloheterocyclyl group, a cyanoheterocyclyl group, a lower alkylheterocyclyl group, and a lower alkoxyheterocyclyl group. In a more preferable embodiment of the present invention, X is a carbon atom and Y is —CH2—.
  • Further, in another preferable embodiment, in the compound of formula (I), Ring A and Ring B are
  • (1) Ring A is a benzene ring which may optionally be substituted by 1-3 substituents, independently selected from the group consisting of a halogen atom, a lower alkyl group optionally substituted by a halogen atom or a lower alkoxy group, a lower alkoxy group optionally substituted by a halogen atom or a lower alkoxy group, a cycloalkyl group, a cycloalkoxy group, a phenyl group, and a lower alkenylene group, and
  • Ring B is an unsaturated monocyclic heterocyclic ring or an unsaturated fused heterobicyclic ring, each of which may optionally be substituted by 1-3 substituents, independently selected from the group consisting of a halogen atom; a lower alkyl group optionally substituted by a halogen atom, a lower alkoxy group or a phenyl group; a lower alkoxy group optionally substituted by a halogen atom or a lower alkoxy group; a cycloalkyl group; a cycloalkoxy group; a phenyl group optionally substituted by a halogen atom, a cyano group, a lower alkyl group, a halo-lower alkyl group, a lower alkoxy group, a halo-lower alkoxy group, or a carbamoyl group; a heterocyclyl group optionally substituted by a halogen atom, a cyano group, a lower alkyl group, a halo-lower alkyl group, a lower alkoxy group, a halo-lower alkoxy group or a carbamoyl roup; and an oxo group,
  • (2) Ring A is an unsaturated monocyclic heterocyclic ring which may optionally be substituted by 1-3 substituents, independently selected from the group consisting of a halogen atom, a lower alkyl group optionally substituted by a lower alkoxy group, a lower alkoxy group optionally substituted by a halogen atom or a lower alkoxy group, a cycloalkyl group, a cycloalkoxy group, and an oxo group, and
  • Ring B is a benzene ring which may optionally be substituted by 1-3 substituents, independently selected from the group consisting of a halogen atom; a lower alkyl group optionally substituted by a halogen atom, a lower alkoxy group or a phenyl group; a lower alkoxy group optionally substituted by a halogen atom or a lower alkoxy group; a cycloalkyl group; a cycloalkoxy group; a phenyl group optionally substituted by a halogen atom, a cyano group, a lower alkyl group, a halo-lower alkyl group, a lower alkoxy group or a halo-lower alkoxy group; a heterocyclyl group optionally substituted by a halogen atom, a cyano group, a lower alkyl group, a halo-lower alkyl group, a lower alkoxy group or a halo-lower alkoxy group; a lower alkylene group,
  • (3) Ring A is an unsaturated monocyclic heterocyclic ring which may optionally be substituted by 1-3 substituents, independently selected from the group consisting of a halogen atom, a lower alkyl group optionally substituted by a halogen atom or a lower alkoxy group, a lower alkoxy group optionally substituted by a halogen atom or a lower alkoxy group, a cycloalkyl group, a cycloalkoxy group, and an oxo group,
  • Ring B is an unsaturated monocyclic heterocyclic ring or an unsaturated fused heterobicyclic ring, each of which may optionally be substituted by 1-3 substituents, independently selected from the group consisting of a halogen atom; a lower alkyl group optionally substituted by a halogen atom, a lower alkoxy group or a phenyl group; a lower alkoxy group optionally substituted by a halogen atom or a lower alkoxy group; a cycloalkyl group; a cycloalkoxy group; a phenyl group optionally substituted by a halogen atom, a cyano group, a lower alkyl group, a halo-lower alkyl group, a lower alkoxy group or a halo-lower alkoxy group; a heterocyclyl group optionally substituted by a halogen atom, a cyano group, a lower alkyl group, a halo-lower alkyl group, a lower alkoxy group or a halo-lower alkoxy group; and an oxo group;
  • (4) Ring A is an unsaturated fused heterobicyclic ring which may optionally be substituted by 1-3 substituents, independently selected from the group consisting of a halogen atom, a lower alkyl group optionally substituted by a lower alkoxy group, a lower alkoxy group optionally substituted by a halogen atom or a lower alkoxy group, a cycloalkyl group, a cycloalkoxy group, and an oxo group,
  • Ring B is a benzene ring which may optionally be substituted by 1-3 substituents, independently selected from the group consisting of a halogen atom; a lower alkyl group optionally substituted by a halogen atom, a lower alkoxy group or a phenyl group; a lower alkoxy group optionally substituted by a halogen atom or a lower alkoxy group; a cycloalkyl group; a cycloalkoxy group; a phenyl group optionally substituted by a halogen atom, a cyano group, a lower alkyl group, a halo-lower alkyl group, a lower alkoxy group or a halo-lower alkoxy group; a heterocyclyl group optionally substituted by a halogen atom, a cyano group, a lower alkyl group, a halo-lower alkyl group, a lower alkoxy group or a halo-lower alkoxy group; and a lower alkylene group, or
  • (5) Ring A is an unsaturated monocyclic heterocyclic ring which may optionally be substituted by 1-3 substituents, independently selected from the group consisting of a halogen atom, a lower alkyl group optionally substituted by a lower alkoxy group, a lower alkoxy group optionally substituted by a halogen atom or a lower alkoxy group, a cycloalkyl group, a cycloalkoxy group, and an oxo group,
  • Ring B is an unsaturated monocyclic heterocyclic ring or an unsaturated fused heterobicyclic ring, each of which may optionally be substituted by 1-3 substituents, independently selected from the group consisting of a halogen atom; a lower alkyl group optionally substituted by a halogen atom, a lower alkoxy group or a phenyl group; a lower alkoxy group optionally substituted by a halogen atom or a lower alkoxy group; a cycloalkyl group; a cycloalkoxy group; a phenyl group optionally substituted by a halogen atom, a cyano group, a lower alkyl group, a halo-lower alkyl group, a lower alkoxy group or a halo-lower alkoxy group; a heterocyclyl group optionally substituted by a halogen atom, a cyano group, a lower alkyl group, a halo-lower alkyl group, a lower alkoxy group or a halo-lower alkoxy group; and an oxo group.
  • In another preferable embodiment, in the compound of formula (I), Y is linked at the 3-position of Ring A, with respect to X being the 1-position, Ring A is a benzene ring which may optionally be substituted by a halogen atom, a lower alkyl group optionally substituted by a halogen atom, a lower alkoxy group, or a phenyl group, and Ring B is an unsaturated monocyclic heterocyclic ring or an unsaturated fused heterobicyclic ring which may optionally be substituted by 1-3 substituents, independently selected from the group consisting of a halogen atom; a lower alkyl group optionally substituted by a halogen atom or a phenyl group; a lower alkoxy group; a phenyl group optionally substituted by a halogen atom, a cyano group, a lower alkyl group, a halo-lower alkyl group, or a lower alkoxy group; a heterocyclyl group optionally substituted by a halogen atom, a cyano group, a lower alkyl group, a halo-lower alkyl group, or a lower alkoxy group; and an oxo group.
  • In another more preferable embodiment, in the compound of formula (I), Y is linked at the 3-position of Ring A, with respect to X being the 1-position, Ring A is an unsaturated monocyclic heterocyclic ring which may optionally be substituted by a substituent selected from a halogen atom, a lower alkyl group, and an oxo group, and Ring B is a benzene ring which may optionally be substituted by a substituent selected from the group consisting of a halogen atom; a lower alkyl group optionally substituted by a halogen atom or a phenyl group; a lower alkoxy group; a phenyl group optionally substituted by a halogen atom, a cyano group, a lower alkyl group, a halo-lower alkyl group, or a lower alkoxy group; a heterocyclyl group optionally substituted by a halogen atom, a cyano group, a lower alkyl group, a halo-lower alkyl group, or a lower alkoxy group; and a lower alkylene group.
  • Preferable examples of unsaturated monocyclic heterocyclic ring include a 5- or 6-membered unsaturated heterocyclic ring containing 1 or 2 hetero atoms independently selected from a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom, and a sulfur atom. More specifically, preferred are furan, thiophene, oxazole, isoxazole, triazole, tetrazole, pyrazole, pyridine, pyrimidine, pyrazine, dihydroisoxazole, dihydropyridine, and thiazole. Preferable unsaturated fused heterobicyclic ring includes a 9- or 10-membered unsaturated fused heterocyclic ring containing 1 to 4 heteroatoms independently selected from a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom, and a sulfur atom. More specifically, preferred are indoline, isoindoline, benzothiazole, benzoxazole, indole, indazole, quinoline, isoquinoline, benzothiophene, benzofuran, thienothiophene, and dihydroisoquinoline.
  • In a more preferred embodiment, in the compound of formula (I), Ring A is a benzene ring which may optionally be substituted by a substituent selected from the group consisting of a halogen atom, a lower alkyl group, a halo-lower alkyl group, a lower alkoxy group, and a phenyl group, and Ring B is a heterocyclic ring selected from the group consisting of thiophene, furan, benzofuran, benzothiophene, and benzothiazole, wherein the heterocyclic ring may optionally be substituted by a substituent selected from the following group: a halogen atom, a cyano group, a lower alkyl group, a halo-lower alkyl group, a phenyl-lower alkyl group, a lower alkoxy group, a halo-lower alkoxy group, a phenyl group, a halophenyl group, a lower alkylphenyl group, a lower alkoxyphenyl group, a thienyl group, a halothienyl group, a pyridyl group, a halopyridyl group, and a thiazolyl group.
  • In yet another preferred embodiment, in the compound of formula (I), Y is —CH2—, Ring A is an unsaturated monocyclic heterocyclic ring or an unsaturated fused heterobicyclic ring selected from the group consisting of thiophene, dihydroisoquinoline, dihydroisoxazole, triazole, pyrazole, dihydropyridine, dihydroindole, indole, indazole, pyridine, pyrimidine, pyrazine, quinoline, and a isoindoline, wherein the heterocyclic ring may optionally substituted by a substituent selected from the following group: a halogen atom, a lower alkyl group, and an oxo group, and Ring B is a benzene ring which may optionally be substituted by a substituent selected from the following group: a halogen atom, a lower alkyl group, a halo-lower alkyl group, a lower alkoxy group, and a halo-lower alkoxy group.
  • In a further preferred embodiment, in the compound of formula (I), Ring A is a benzene ring which is substituted by a halogen atom or a lower alkyl group, and Ring B is thienyl group which is substituted by phenyl group or a heterocyclyl group in which said phenyl group and heterocyclyl group is substituted by 1-3 substituents selected from a halogen atom, a cyano group, a lower alkyl group, a halo-lower alkyl group, a lower alkoxy group, and a halo-lower alkoxy group.
  • Further, in another aspect of the present invention, preferable examples of the compound of the formula (I) include a compound wherein Ring A is
  • Figure US20110009347A1-20110113-C00006
  • wherein R1a, R2a, R3a, R1b, R2b, and R3b are each independently a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a hydroxy group, an alkoxy group, an alkyl group, a haloalkyl group, a haloalkoxy group, a hydroxyalkyl group, an alkoxyalkyl group, an alkoxyalkoxy group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, a cycloalkyl group, a cycloalkylidenemethyl group, a cycloalkenyl group, a cycloalkyloxy group, a phenyl group, a phenylalkoxy group, a cyano group, a nitro group, an amino group, a mono- or di-alkylamino group, an alkanoylamino group, a carboxyl group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, a carbamoyl group, a mono- or di-alkylcarbamoyl group, an alkanoyl group, an alkylsulfonylamino group, a phenylsulfonylamino group, an alkylsulfinyl group, an alkylsulfonyl group, or a phenylsulfonyl group, and
  • Ring B is
  • Figure US20110009347A1-20110113-C00007
  • wherein R4a and R5a are each independently a hydrogen atom; a halogen atom; a hydroxy group; an alkoxy group; an alkyl group; a haloalkyl group; a haloalkoxy group; a hydroxyalkyl group; an alkoxyalkyl group; a phenylalkyl group; an alkoxyalkoxy group; a hydroxyalkoxy group; an alkenyl group; an alkynyl group; a cycloalkyl group; a cycloalkylidenemethyl group; a cycloalkenyl group; a cycloalkyloxy group; a phenyloxy group; a phenylalkoxy group; a cyano group; a nitro group; an amino group; a mono- or di-alkylamino group; an alkanoylamino group; a carboxyl group; an alkoxycarbonyl group; a carbamoyl group; a mono- or di-alkylcarbamoyl group; an alkanoyl group; an alkylsulfonylamino group; a phenylsulfonylamino group; an alkylsulfinyl group; an alkylsulfonyl group; a phenylsulfonyl group; a phenyl group optionally substituted by a halogen atom, a cyano group, an alkyl group, a haloalkyl group, an alkoxy group, a haloalkoxy group, an alkylenedioxy group, an alkyleneoxy group, a mono- or di-alkylamino group, a carbamoyl group, or a mono- or di-alkylcarbamoyl group; or a heterocyclyl group optionally substituted by a halogen atom, a cyano group, an alkyl group, a haloalkyl group, an alkoxy group, a haloalkoxy group, a carbamoyl group, or a mono- or di-alkylcarbamoyl group, or R4a and R5a are bonded to each other at the terminals thereof to form an alkylene group; and
  • R4b, R5b, R4c and R5c are each independently a hydrogen atom; a halogen atom; a hydroxy group; an alkoxy group; an alkyl group; a haloalkyl group; a haloalkoxy group; a hydroxyalkyl group; an alkoxyalkyl group; a phenylalkyl group; an alkoxyalkoxy group; a hydroxyalkoxy group; an alkenyl group; an alkynyl group; a cycloalkyl group; a cycloalkylidenemethyl group; a cycloalkenyl group; a cycloalkyloxy group; a phenyloxy group; a phenylalkoxy group; a cyano group; a nitro group; an amino group; a mono- or di-alkylamino group; an alkanoylamino group; a carboxyl group; an alkoxycarbonyl group; a carbamoyl group; a mono- or di-alkylcarbamoyl group; an alkanoyl group; an alkylsulfonylamino group; a phenylsulfonylamino group; an alkylsulfinyl group; an alkylsulfonyl group; a phenylsulfonyl group; a phenyl group optionally substituted by a halogen atom, a cyano group, an alkyl group, a haloalkyl group, an alkoxy group, a haloalkoxy group, a methylenedioxy group, an ethyleneoxy group, or a mono- or di-alkylamino group; or a heterocyclyl group optionally substituted by a halogen atom, a cyano group, an alkyl group, a haloalkyl group, an alkoxy group or a haloalkoxy group.
  • More preferred is a compound of formula (I) wherein R1a, R2a, R3a, R1b, R2b, and R3b are each independently a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a lower alkyl group, a halo-lower alkyl group, a lower alkoxy group, or a phenyl group;
  • R4a and R5a are each independently a hydrogen atom; a halogen atom; a lower alkyl group; a halo-lower alkyl group; a phenyl-lower alkyl group; a phenyl group optionally substituted by a halogen atom, a cyano group, a lower alkyl group, a halo-lower alkyl group, a lower alkoxy group, a halo-lower alkoxy group, a methylenedioxy group, an ethyleneoxy group, a mono- or di-lower alkylamino group, a carbamoyl group, or a mono- or di-lower alkylcarbamoyl group; or a heterocyclyl group optionally substituted by a halogen atom, a cyano group, a lower alkyl group, a lower alkoxy group, a carbamoyl group, or a mono- or di-lower alkylcarbamoyl group, or R4a and R5a are bonded to each other at the terminals thereof to form a lower alkylene group; and
  • R4b, R5b, R4c and R5c are each independently a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a lower alkyl group, a halo-lower alkyl group, a lower alkoxy group, or a halo-lower alkoxy group.
  • Further preferred is a compound of formula (I) in which Ring B is a ring of the following structure
  • Figure US20110009347A1-20110113-C00008
  • wherein R4a is a phenyl group optionally substituted by a halogen atom, a cyano group, a lower alkyl group, a halo-lower alkyl group, a lower alkoxy group, a halo-lower alkoxy group, a methylenedioxy group, an ethyleneoxy group, a mono- or di-lower alkylamino group, a carbamoyl group, or a mono- or di-lower alkylcarbamoyl group; or a heterocyclyl group optionally substituted by a halogen atom, a cyano group, a lower alkyl group, a lower alkoxy group, a carbamoyl group, or a mono- or di-lower alkylcarbamoyl group, and
  • R5a is a hydrogen atom, or
  • R4a and R5a are bonded to each other at the terminals thereof to form a lower alkylene group.
  • Further more preferred, is a compound of formula (I) in which Ring A is
  • Figure US20110009347A1-20110113-C00009
  • wherein R1a is a halogen atom, a lower alkyl group, or a lower alkoxy group, and R2a and R3a are hydrogen atoms; and Rind B is
  • Figure US20110009347A1-20110113-C00010
  • wherein R4a is a phenyl group optionally substituted by a substituent selected from the group consisting of a halogen atom, a cyano group, a lower alkyl group, a halo-lower alkyl group, a lower alkoxy group, a halo-lower alkoxy group, a mono- or di-lower alkylamino group, a carbamoyl group, and a mono- or di-lower alkylcarbamoyl group; or a heterocyclyl group optionally substituted by a halogen atom, a cyano group, a lower alkyl group, a lower alkoxy group, a carbamoyl group, or a mono- or di-lower alkylcarbamoyl group, and R5a is a hydrogen atom, and Y is —CH2—.
  • In more preferable embodiment, in the compound of formula (I), R4a is a phenyl group optionally substituted by a halogen atom, a cyano group, a lower alkyl group, a halo-lower alkyl group, a lower alkoxy group, or a halo-lower alkoxy group; or a heterocyclyl group optionally substituted by a halogen atom, a cyano group, a lower alkyl group, or a lower alkoxy group.
  • In another embodiment, a preferable compound of formula (I) can be represented by the following formula (IA):
  • Figure US20110009347A1-20110113-C00011
  • wherein RA is a halogen atom, a lower alkyl group or a lower alkoxy group; RB is a phenyl group optionally substituted by 1-3 substituents selected from a halogen atom, a cyano group, a lower alkyl group, a halo-lower alkyl group, a lower alkoxy group, a halo-lower alkoxy group, a methylenedioxy group, an ethyleneoxy group, a mono- or di-lower alkylamino group, a carbamoyl group, and a mono- or di-lower alkylcarbamoyl group; or a heterocyclyl group optionally substituted by 1-3 substituents selected from a halogen atom, a cyano group, a lower alkyl group, a halo-lower alkyl group, a lower alkoxy group, a halo-lower alkoxy group, a mono- or di-lower alkylamino group, a carbamoyl group, and a mono- or di-lower alkylcarbamoyl group; and RC is hydrogen atom; or RB and RC taken together are a fused benzene ring which may be substituted by a halogen atom, a lower alkyl group, a halo-lower alkyl group, a lower alkoxy group or a halo-lower alkoxy group.
  • In a preferable embodiment, in the compound of formula (I), RA is a halogen atom or a lower alkyl group, RC is hydrogen atom, and RB is phenyl group substituted by 1-3 substituents selected from a halogen atom, a cyano group, a lower alkyl group, a halo-lower alkyl group, a lower alkoxy group, a halo-lower alkoxy group, a methylenedioxy group, an ethyleneoxy group, a mono- or di-lower alkylamino group, a carbamoyl group, and a mono- or di-lower alkylcarbamoyl group; or a heterocyclyl group substituted by 1-3 substituents selected from the group consisting of a halogen atom, a cyano group, a lower alkyl group, a halo-lower alkyl group, a lower alkoxy group, a halo-lower alkoxy group, a mono- or di-lower alkylamino group, a carbamoyl group, and a mono- or di-lower alkylcarbamoyl group. The chemical structure of such compounds are represented by the following formula (IA′):
  • Figure US20110009347A1-20110113-C00012
  • wherein RA is a halogen atom, or a lower alkyl group, Ring C is a phenyl group substituted by 1-3 substituents selected from the group consisting of a halogen atom, a cyano group, a lower alkyl group, a halo-lower alkyl group, a lower alkoxy group, a halo-lower alkoxy group, a methylenedioxy group, an ethyleneoxy group, a mono- or di-lower alkylamino group, a carbamoyl group, and a mono- or di-lower alkylcarbamoyl group; or a heterocyclyl group substituted by 1-3 substituents selected from the group consisting of a halogen atom, a cyano group, a lower alkyl group, a halo-lower alkyl group, a lower alkoxy group, a halo-lower alkoxy group, a mono- or di-lower alkylamino group, a carbamoyl group, and a mono- or di-lower alkylcarbamoyl group.
  • In a more preferable embodiment, in the compound of formula (I), Ring C is a phenyl group substituted by 1-3 substituents selected from the group consisting of a halogen atom, a cyano group, a lower alkyl group, a halo-lower alkyl group, a lower alkoxy group, a halo-lower alkoxy group, and a mono- or di-lower alkylamino group; or a heterocyclyl group substituted by a substituent selected from the group consisting of a halogen atom, a cyano group, a lower alkyl group, a halo-lower alkyl group, a lower alkoxy group, and a halo-lower alkoxy group.
  • Among them, a compound of formula (I) in which Ring C is a phenyl group substituted by a halogen atom, a cyano group, a lower alkyl group, a halo-lower alkyl group, a lower alkoxy group or a halo-lower alkoxy group; or a heterocyclyl group substituted by a halogen atom, a cyano group, a lower alkyl group, or a lower alkoxy group is preferred.
  • A preferred heterocyclyl group includes a 5- or 6-membered heterocyclyl group containing 1 or 2 hetero atoms independently selected from the group consisting of a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom, and a sulfur atom, or a 9- or 10-membered heterocyclyl group containing 1 to 4 hetero atoms independently selected from the group consisting of a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom, and a sulfur atom. Specifically, a thienyl group, a pyridyl group, a pyrimidyl group, a pyrazinyl group, pyrazolyl group, a thiazolyl group, a quinolyl group, a tetrazolyl group and an oxazolyl group are preferred.
  • In a further preferable embodiment, in the compound of formula (I), Ring C is a phenyl group substituted by a halogen atom or a cyano group, or a pyridyl group substituted by a halogen atom.
  • In another embodiment, preferred is a compound of formula (I), in which Ring A is
  • Figure US20110009347A1-20110113-C00013
  • wherein R1a is a halogen atom, a lower alkyl group, or a lower alkoxy group, and R2a and R3a are hydrogen atoms; and Ring B is
  • Figure US20110009347A1-20110113-C00014
  • wherein R4b and R5b are each independently a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a lower alkyl group, a halo-lower alkyl group, a lower alkoxy group, or a halo-lower alkoxy group.
  • In another aspect of the present invention, preferable examples of the compound of formula (I), include a compound represented by the following formula (IB):
  • Figure US20110009347A1-20110113-C00015
  • wherein R8, R9 and R10 are each independently a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a hydroxy group, an alkoxy group, an alkyl group, a haloalkyl group, a haloalkoxy group, a hydroxyalkyl group, an alkoxyalkyl group, an alkoxyalkoxy group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, a cycloalkyl group, a cycloalkylidenemethyl group, a cycloalkenyl group, a cycloalkyloxy group, an aryloxy group, an arylalkoxy group, a cyano group, a nitro group, an amino group, a mono- or di-alkylamino group, an alkylcarbonylamino group, a carboxyl group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, a carbamoyl group, a mono- or di-alkylcarbamoyl group, an alkanoyl group, an alkylsulfonylamino group, an arylsulfonylamino group, an alkylsulfinyl group, an alkylsulfonyl group, or an arylsulfonyl group; and a group represented by:
  • Figure US20110009347A1-20110113-C00016
  • wherein R5a and R7a are each independently a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a hydroxy group, an alkoxy group, an alkyl group, a haloalkyl group, a haloalkoxy group, a hydroxyalkyl group, an alkoxyalkyl group, an alkoxyalkoxy group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, a cycloalkyl group, a cycloalkylidenemethyl group, a cycloalkenyl group, a cycloalkyloxy group, an aryloxy group, an arylalkoxy group, a cyano group, a nitro group, an amino group, a mono- or di-alkylamino group, an alkylcarbonylamino group, a carboxyl group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, a carbamoyl group, a mono- or di-alkylcarbamoyl group, an alkanoyl group, an alkylsulfonylamino group, an arylsulfonylamino group, an alkylsulfinyl group, an alkylsulfonyl group, or an arylsulfonyl group and R6b and R7b are each independently a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, an alkyl group, a haloalkyl group, or an alkoxy group.
  • Among the compounds represented by the formula (IB), more preferred is a compound in which R8, R9 and R10 are each independently a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a lower alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, a hydroxy-lower alkyl group, a halo-lower alkyl group, a lower alkoxy-lower alkyl group, a lower alkoxy group, a cycloalkoxy group, a halo-lower alkoxy group, or a lower alkoxy-lower alkoxy group, and a group represented by:
  • Figure US20110009347A1-20110113-C00017
  • wherein R6a, R7a are each independently a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a lower alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, a hydroxy-lower alkyl group, a halo-lower alkyl group, a lower alkoxy-lower alkyl group, a lower alkoxy group, a cycloalkoxy group, a halo-lower alkoxy group, or a lower alkoxy-lower alkoxy group, or a group represented by:
  • Figure US20110009347A1-20110113-C00018
  • wherein R6b and R7b are each independently a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a lower alkyl group, a halo-lower alkyl group, or a lower alkoxy group.
  • In another aspect, preferable examples of the compound of formula (I) include a compound represented by the following formula (IC):
  • Figure US20110009347A1-20110113-C00019
  • wherein Ring B′ is an optionally substituted benzene ring, an optionally substituted unsaturated monocyclic heterocyclic ring, or an optionally substituted unsaturated fused heterobicyclic ring.
  • Preferable examples of Ring B′ include a benzene ring and a heterocyclic ring, both of which may have a substituent(s) selected from the group consisting of a halogen atom; a cyano group; a lower alkyl group optionally substituted by a halogen atom; a lower alkoxy group optionally substituted by a halogen atom; a lower alkanoyl group; a mono- or di-lower alkylamino group; a lower alkoxycarbonyl group; a carbamoyl group; a mono- or di-lower alkylcarbamoyl group; a phenyl group optionally substituted by a substituent(s) selected from a halogen atom, a cyano group, a lower alkyl group optionally substituted by a halogen atom, a lower alkoxy group optionally substituted by a halogen atom, a lower alkanoyl group, a mono- or di-lower alkylamino group, a lower alkoxycarbonyl group, a carbamoyl group, or a mono- or di-lower alkylcarbamoyl group; a heterocyclyl group optionally substituted by a substituent(s) selected from a halogen atom, a cyano group, a lower alkyl group optionally substituted by a halogen atom, a lower alkoxy group optionally substituted by a halogen atom, a lower alkanoyl group, a mono- or di-lower alkylamino group, a lower alkoxycarbonyl group, a carbamoyl group, or a mono- or di-lower alkylcarbamoyl group; an alkylene group; and an oxo group.
  • More preferable examples of Ring B′ include a benzene ring which may be substituted by a substituent selected from the group consisting of a halogen atom; a cyano group; a lower alkyl group optionally substituted by a halogen atom; a lower alkoxy group optionally substituted by a halogen atom; a mono- or di-lower alkylamino group; a phenyl group optionally substituted by a halogen atom, a cyano group, a lower alkyl group optionally substituted by a halogen atom, a lower alkoxy group optionally substituted by a halogen atom; a heterocyclyl group optionally substituted by a halogen atom, a cyano group, a lower alkyl group optionally substituted by a halogen atom, a lower alkoxy group optionally substituted by a halogen atom.
  • Preferred compound of formula (I) may be selected from the group consisting of:
    • 1-(β-D-glucopyranosyl)-4-chloro-3-(6-ethylbenzo[b]thiophen-2-ylmethyl)benzene;
    • 1-(β-D-glucopyranosyl)-4-chloro-3-[5-(5-thiazolyl)-2-thienylmethyl]benzene;
    • 1-(β-D-glucopyranosyl)-4-chloro-3-(5-phenyl-2-thienyl-methyl)benzene;
    • 1-(β-D-glucopyranosyl)-4-methyl-3-[5-(4-fluorophenyl)-2-thienylmethyl]benzene;
    • 1-(β-D-glucopyranosyl)-4-chloro-3-[5-(2-pyrimidinyl)-2-thienylmethyl]benzene;
    • 1-(β-D-glucopyranosyl)-4-methyl-3-[5-(2-pyrimidinyl)-2-thienylmethyl]benzene;
    • 1-(β-D-glucopyranosyl)-4-chloro-3-[5-(3-cyanophenyl)-2-thienylmethyl]benzene;
    • 1-(β-D-glucopyranosyl)-4-chloro-3-[5-(4-cyanophenyl)-2-thienylmethyl]benzene;
    • 1-(β-D-glucopyranosyl)-4-methyl-3-[5-(6-fluoro-2-pyridyl)-2-thienylmethyl]benzene;
    • 1-(β-D-glucopyranosyl)-4-chloro-3-[5-(6-fluoro-2-pyridyl)-2-thienylmethyl]benzene;
    • 1-(β-D-glucopyranosyl)-4-methyl-3-[5-(3-difluoromethyl-phenyl)-2-thienylmethyl]benzene;
    • 1-(β-D-glucopyranosyl)-4-methyl-3-[5-(3-cyanophenyl)-2-thienylmethyl]benzene;
    • 1-(β-D-glucopyranosyl)-4-methyl-3-[5-(4-cyanophenyl)-2-thienylmethyl]benzene;
    • 1-(β-D-glucopyranosyl)-4-chloro-3-[5-(6-fluoro-3-pyridyl)-2-thienylmethyl]benzene;
    • 1-(β-D-glucopyranosyl)-4-fluoro-3-(5-(3-cyanophenyl)-2-thienylmethyl)benzene;
  • a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof; and a prodrug thereof.
  • Particularly preferred compounds of formula (I) include:
    • 1-(β-D-glucopyranosyl)-4-methyl-3-[5-(3-cyano-phenyl)-2-thienylmethyl]benzene, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a prodrug thereof;
    • 1-(β-D-glucopyranosyl)-4-methyl-3-[5-(4-cyano-phenyl)-2-thienylmethyl]benzene, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a prodrug thereof;
    • 1-(β-D-glucopyranosyl)-4-methyl-3-[5-(4-fluoro-phenyl)-2-thienylmethyl]benzene, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a prodrug thereof;
    • 1-(β-D-glucopyranosyl)-4-chloro-3-[5-(3-cyano-phenyl)-2-thienylmethyl]benzene, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a prodrug thereof;
    • 1-(β-D-glucopyranosyl)-4-methyl-3-[5-(6-fluoro-2-pyridyl)-2-thienylmethyl]benzene, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a prodrug thereof;
    • 1-(β-D-glucopyranosyl)-4-chloro-3-[5-(6-fluoro-2-pyridyl)-2-thienylmethyl]benzene, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a prodrug thereof;
    • 1-(β-D-glucopyranosyl)-4-chloro-3-[5-(6-fluoro-3-pyridyl)-2-thienylmethyl]benzene, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a prodrug thereof; and
    • 1-(β-D-glucopyranosyl)-4-fluoro-3-(5-(3-cyanophenyl)-2-thienylmethyl)benzene, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a prodrug thereof.
  • The pharmaceutically acceptable salt of the compounds of the formula (I) includes, for example, a salt with an alkali metal such as lithium, sodium, potassium, etc.; a salt with an alkaline earth metal such as calcium, magnesium, etc.; a salt with zinc or aluminum; a salt with an organic base such as ammonium, choline, diethanolamine, lysine, ethylenediamine, t-butylamine, t-octylamine, tris(hydroxymethyl)aminomethane, N-methyl glucosamine, triethanolamine and dehydroabietylamine; a salt with an inorganic acid such as hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, hydroiodic acid, sulfuric acid, nitric acid, phosphoric acid, etc.; or a salt with an organic acid such as formic acid, acetic acid, propionic acid, oxalic acid, malonic acid, succinic acid, fumaric acid, maleic acid, lactic acid, malic acid, tartaric acid, citric acid, methanesulfonic acid, ethanesulfonic acid, benzenesulfonic acid, etc.; or a salt with an acidic amino acid such as aspartic acid, glutamic acid, etc.
  • The term “prodrug” means an ester or carbonate, which is formed by reacting one or more hydroxy groups of the compound of the formula (I) with an acylating agent substituted by an alkyl, an alkoxy or an aryl by a conventional method to produce acetate, pivalate, methylcarbonate, benzoate, etc. Further, the prodrug includes also an ester or amide, which is similarly formed by reacting one or more hydroxy groups of the compound of the formula (I) with an α-amino acid or a β-amino acid, etc. using a condensing agent by a conventional method.
  • The compounds of formula (I) also includes a mixture of stereoisomers, or each pure or substantially pure isomer. For example, the present compound may optionally have one or more asymmetric centers at a carbon atom containing any one of substituents. Therefore, the compounds of the formula (I) may exist in the form of enantiomer or diastereomer, or a mixture thereof. When the compounds of formula (I) contains a double bond, the present compound may exist in the form of geometric isomerism (cis-compound, trans-compound), and when the compounds of formula (I) contains an unsaturated bond such as carbonyl, then the present compound may exist in the form of a tautomer, and the present compound also includes these isomers or a mixture thereof. The starting compound in the form of a racemic mixture, enantiomer or diastereomer may be used in the processes for preparing the present compound. When the present compound is obtained in the form of a diastereomer or enantiomer, they can be separated by a conventional method such as chromatography or fractional crystallization.
  • In addition, the compounds of formula (I) include an intramolecular salt, hydrate, solvate or polymorphism thereof.
  • The methods of the present inventions are directed to the treatment and or prevention (including delay in the progression or onset of) of “glucose-related disorders”. As used herein, the term “glucose related disorder” shall be defined as any disorder which is characterized by or is developed as a consequence of elevated glucose levels. Glucose-related disorders shall include diabetes mellitus, diabetic retinopathy, diabetic neuropathy, diabetic nephropathy, delayed wound healing, insulin resistance, hyperglycemia, hyperinsulinemia, elevated blood levels of fatty acids, elevated blood levels of glucose, hyperlipidemia, obesity, hypertriglyceridemia, Syndrome X, diabetic complications, atherosclerosis, or hypertension. In particuler, the “glucose related-disorder” is diabetes mellitus (type 1 and type 2 diabetes mellitus, etc.), diabetic complications (such as diabetic retinopathy, diabetic neuropathy, diabetic nephropathy), obesity, or postprandial hyperglycemia.
  • In an embodiment of the present invention, the glucose related disorder is selected from the group consisting of diabetes mellitus, diabetic retinopathy, diabetic neuropathy, diabetic nephropathy, delayed wound healing, insulin resistance, hyperglycemia, hyperinsulinemia, elevated blood levels of fatty acids, hyperlipidemia, obesity, hypertriglyceridemia, Syndrome X, diabetic complications, atherosclerosis and hypertension.
  • In another embodiment of the present invention, the glucose related disorder is selected from the group consisting of type 1 diabetes mellitus, type 2 diabetes mellitus, diabetic retinopathy, diabetic neuropathy, diabetic nephropathy, obesity and postprandial hyperglycemia. In another embodiment of the present invention, the glucose related disorder is selected from the group consisting of type 1 diabetes mellitus, type 2 diabetes mellitus, diabetic retinopathy, diabetic neuropathy, diabetic nephropathy, obesity, and delayed wound healing. In another embodiment of the present invention, the glucose related disorders is selected from the group consisting of poor glycemic control, Type 2 Diabetes Mellitus, Syndrome X, gestational diabetes, insulin resistance, hyperglycemia. In another embodiment of the present invention, the glucose related disorder is Type 2 diabetes mellitus.
  • In another embodiment, the glucose related disorder is selected from the group consisting of elevated glucose level, pre-diabetes, impaired oral glucose tolerance, poor glycemic control, Type 2 Diabetes Mellitus, Syndrome X (also known as metabolic syndrome), gestational diabetes, insulin resistance, and hyperglycemia.
  • Treatment of glucose related disorders may comprise lowering glucose levels, improving glycemic control, decreasing insulin resistance and/or preventing the development of a glucose related disorder (for example preventing a patient suffering from impaired oral glucose tolerance or elevated glucose levels from developing Type 2 diabetes mellitus).
  • As used herein, the terms “Syndrome X”, “Metabolic Syndrome” and “Metabolic Syndrome X” shall mean a disorder that presents risk factors for the development of Type 2 diabetes mellitus and cardiovascular disease and is characterized by insulin resistance and hyperinsulinemia and may be accompanied by one or more of the following: (a) glucose intolerance, (b) Type 2 diabetes, (c) dyslipidemia, (d) hypertension and (e) obesity.
  • The term “subject” as used herein, refers to an animal, preferably a mammal, most preferably a human, who has been the object of treatment, observation or experiment.
  • As used herein, the term “composition” is intended to encompass a product comprising the specified ingredients in the specified amounts, as well as any product which results, directly or indirectly, from combinations of the specified ingredients in the specified amounts.
  • As used herein, unless otherwise noted, the terms “treating”, “treatment” and the like, shall include the management and care of a subject or patient (preferably mammal, more preferably human) for the purpose of combating a disease, condition, or disorder and includes the administration of a compound of the present invention to prevent the onset of the symptoms or complications, alleviate the symptoms or complications, or eliminate the disease, condition, or disorder.
  • As used herein, unless otherwise noted, the term “prevention” shall include (a) reduction in the frequency of one or more symptoms; (b) reduction in the severity of one or more symptoms; (c) the delay or avoidance of the development of additional symptoms; and/or (d) delay or avoidance of the development of the disorder or condition.
  • One skilled in the art will recognize that wherein the present invention is directed to methods of prevention, a subject in need of thereof (i.e. a subject in need of prevention) shall include any subject or patient (preferably a mammal, more preferably a human) who has experienced or exhibited at least one symptom of the disorder, disease or condition to be prevented. Further, a subject in need thereof may additionally be a subject (preferably a mammal, more preferably a human) who has not exhibited any symptoms of the disorder, disease or condition to be prevented, but who has been deemed by a physician, clinician or other medical profession to be at risk of developing said disorder, disease or condition. For example, the subject may be deemed at risk of developing a disorder, disease or condition (and therefore in need of prevention or preventive treatment) as a consequence of the subject's medical history, including, but not limited to, family history, pre-disposition, co-existing (comorbid) disorders or conditions, genetic testing, and the like.
  • The term “therapeutically effective amount” as used herein, means that amount of active compound or pharmaceutical agent that elicits the biological or medicinal response in a tissue system, animal or human that is being sought by a researcher, veterinarian, medical doctor or other clinician, which includes alleviation of the symptoms of the disease or disorder being treated.
  • Wherein the present invention is directed to co-therapy or combination therapy, comprising administration of (a) metformin or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof and (b) a compound of formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, “therapeutically effective amount” shall mean that amount of the combination of agents taken together so that the combined effect elicits the desired biological or medicinal response. For example, the therapeutically effective amount of co-therapy comprising administration of (a) metformin or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof and (b) a compound of formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, would be the amount of (a) the metformin or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof and (b) the compound of formula (I) or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof that when taken together or sequentially have a combined effect that is therapeutically effective. Further, it will be recognized by one skilled in the art that in the case of co-therapy with a therapeutically effective amount, as in the example above, the amount of the (a) metformin or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof and/or the amount of the (b) compound of formula (I) or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof individually may or may not be therapeutically effective.
  • One skilled in the art will further recognize that the term “therapeutically effective amount” of co-therapy comprising administration of (a) glyburide, and (b) a compound of formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof shall mean that amount of the glyburide and the amount of the compound of formula (I) or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, that when taken together or sequentially have a combined effect that is therapeutically effective; and further that the amount of each of said components individually may or may not be therapeutically effective.
  • One skilled in the art will further recognize that the “therapeutically effective amount” of co-therapy comprising administration of (a) metformin or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, (b) a compound of formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof and (c) a sulfonylurea (preferably glyburide) or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof shall mean that amount of each of the components that that when taken together or sequentially have a combined effect that is therapeutically effective; and further that the amount of each of the components individually may or may not be therapeutically effective.
  • As used herein, the terms “co-therapy” and “combination therapy” shall mean treatment of a subject in need thereof by administering (a) metformin or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof (b) a compound of formula (I) or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof and optionally (c) a sulfonylurea (preferably glyburide) or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein the (a) metformin or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, the (b) compound of formula (I) or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof and optionally (c) the sulfonylurea (preferably glyburide) or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof are administered by any suitable means, simultaneously, sequentially, separately or in a single pharmaceutical dosage form. Where the (a) metformin or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, the (b) compound of formula (I) or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof and optionally (c) the sulfonylurea (preferably glyburide) or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof are administered in separate dosage forms, the number of dosages administered per day for each compound may be the same or different. The (a) metformin or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, the (b) compound of formula (I) or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof and optionally (c) the sulfonylurea (preferably glyburide) or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, may be administered via the same or different routes of administration. Examples of suitable methods of administration include, but are not limited to, oral, intravenous (iv), intramuscular (im), subcutaneous (sc), transdermal, and rectal. Compounds may also be administered directly to the nervous system including, but not limited to, intracerebral, intraventricular, intracerebroventricular, intrathecal, intracisternal, intraspinal and/or peri-spinal routes of administration by delivery via intracranial or intravertebral needles and/or catheters with or without pump devices. The (a) metformin or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, the (b) compound of formula (I) or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof and optionally (c) the sulfonylurea (preferably glyburide) or pharmaceutically acceptable salt there may be administered according to simultaneous or alternating regimens, at the same or different times during the course of the therapy, concurrently in divided or single forms. One skilled in the art will further recognize that the above discussion related to “co-therapy” and “combination therapy” will similarly apply to co-therapy or combination therapy for the treatment of a glucose related disorder comprising administration to a subject in need thereof of (a) glyburide, and (b) a compound of formula (I) or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • To provide a more concise description, some of the quantitative expressions herein are recited as a range from about amount X to about amount Y. It is understood that wherein a range is recited, the range is not limited to the recited upper and lower bounds, but rather includes the full range from about amount X through about amount Y, or any amount or range therein.
  • To provide a more concise description, some of the quantitative expressions given herein are not qualified with the term “about”. It is understood that whether the term “about” is used explicitly or not, every quantity given herein is meant to refer to the actual given value, and it is also meant to refer to the approximation to such given value that would reasonably be inferred based on the ordinary skill in the art, including approximations due to the experimental and/or measurement conditions for such given value.
  • The present invention further comprises pharmaceutical compositions containing (a) metformin or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof and (b) a compound of formula (I) or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof with a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient. Pharmaceutical compositions of the present invention described herein as the active ingredient can be prepared by intimately mixing the (a) metformin or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof and the (b) compound of formula (I) or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof with a pharmaceutical excipient according to conventional pharmaceutical compounding techniques.
  • The present invention further comprises pharmaceutical compositions containing (a) glyburide, and (b) a compound of formula (I) or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof with a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient. Pharmaceutical compositions of the present invention described herein as the active ingredient can be prepared by intimately mixing the (a) glyburide, and the (b) compound of formula (I) or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof with a pharmaceutical excipient according to conventional pharmaceutical compounding techniques.
  • The present invention further comprises pharmaceutical compositions containing (a) metformin or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, (b) a compound of formula (I) or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, (c) a sulfonylurea or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof with a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient. Pharmaceutical compositions of the present invention described herein as the active ingredient can be prepared by intimately mixing the (a) metformin or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, the (b) compound of formula (I) or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof and the (c) sulfonylurea or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof with a pharmaceutical excipient according to conventional pharmaceutical compounding techniques.
  • The pharmaceutically acceptable excipient may take a wide variety of forms depending upon the desired route of administration (e.g., oral, parenteral). Thus for liquid oral preparations such as suspensions, elixirs and solutions, suitable excipients and additives include water, glycols, oils, alcohols, flavoring agents, preservatives, stabilizers, coloring agents and the like; for solid oral preparations, such as powders, capsules and tablets, suitable excipients and additives include diluents, granulating agents, lubricants, binders, disintegrating agents, drug release controlling hydrophilic polymer, drug release controlling hydrophobic polymers, wetting agents and the like. Solid oral preparations may also be coated with substances such as sugars, cellulosic ethers, and acrylic polymers for extended release or may be enteric-coated so as to modulate major site of absorption. For parenteral administration, the excipient will usually consist of sterile water and other ingredients may be added to increase solubility or preservation. Injectable suspensions or solutions may also be prepared utilizing aqueous excipients along with appropriate additives.
  • To prepare the pharmaceutical compositions of this invention, the compound of formula (I) or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof and the (a) metformin or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof and/or the (b) sulfonylurea (preferably glyburide) or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, as the active ingredients, are intimately admixed with a pharmaceutical excipient according to conventional pharmaceutical compounding techniques, which excipient may take a wide variety of forms depending of the form of preparation desired for administration, e.g., oral or parenteral such as intramuscular. In preparing the compositions in oral dosage form, any of the usual pharmaceutical media may be employed. Thus, for liquid oral preparations, such as for example, suspensions, elixirs and solutions, suitable excipients and additives include water, glycols, oils, alcohols, flavoring agents, preservatives, coloring agents and the like; for solid oral preparations such as, for example, powders, capsules, and tablets (including caplets), suitable excipients and additives include diluents, granulating agents, lubricants, binders, disintegrating agents, drug release controlling hydrophilic polymers, drug release controlling or hydrophobic polymers, wetting agents, and the like. Because of their ease in administration, tablets and capsules represent the most advantageous oral dosage unit form, in which case solid pharmaceutical excipients are obviously employed. If desired, tablets may be sugar coated or may be enteric coated by standard techniques. For parenterals, the excipient will usually comprise sterile water, through other ingredients, for example, for purposes such as aiding solubility or for preservation, may be included. Injectable suspensions may also be prepared, in which case appropriate liquid excipients, suspending agents and the like may be employed. The pharmaceutical compositions described herein will contain, per dosage unit, e.g., tablet, capsule, powder, injection, teaspoonful and the like, an amount of the active ingredient(s) necessary to deliver an effective dose as described above. The pharmaceutical compositions herein will contain, per unit dosage unit, e.g., tablet, capsule, powder, injection, suppository, teaspoonful and the like, of from about 0.01 to about 2,000 mg, or any amount or range therein, independently, of each of the (a) metformin or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, the (b) compound of formula (I) or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, and/or the (c) sulfonylurea (preferably glyburide) or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. The pharmaceutical compositions described herein may be given at a suitably selected therapeutically effective dosage, which may be varied depending upon the requirement of the patients, the severity of the condition being treated and the compound being employed. The use of either daily administration or post-periodic dosing may be employed.
  • Preferably these pharmaceutical compositions are in unit dosage forms from such as tablets, pills, capsules, powders, granules, sterile parenteral solutions or suspensions, metered aerosol or liquid sprays, drops, ampoules, autoinjector devices or suppositories; for oral parenteral, intranasal, sublingual or rectal administration, or for administration by inhalation or insufflation. Alternatively, the pharmaceutical composition may be presented in a form suitable for once-weekly or once-monthly administration; for example, an insoluble salt of the active compound(s), such as the decanoate salt, may be adapted to provide a depot preparation for intramuscular injection.
  • For preparing solid compositions such as tablets, the principal active ingredient(s) are mixed with a pharmaceutical excipient, e.g. conventional tableting ingredients such as corn starch, lactose, sucrose, sorbitol, talc, stearic acid, magnesium stearate, dicalcium phosphate or gums, and other pharmaceutical diluents, e.g. water, to form a solid formulation composition containing a mixture of the active ingredient(s). The tablets or pills of the pharmaceutical composition of the present invention can be coated or otherwise compounded to provide a dosage form affording the advantage of prolonged action. For example, the tablet or pill can comprise an inner dosage and an outer dosage component, the latter being in the form of an envelope over the former. The two components can be separated by an enteric layer which serves to resist disintegration in the stomach and permits the inner component to pass intact into the duodenum or to be delayed in release. A variety of material can be used for such enteric layers or coatings, such materials including a number of polymeric acids with such materials as shellac, cetyl alcohol and cellulose acetate.
  • The liquid forms in which the pharmaceutical compositions of the present invention may be incorporated for administration orally or by injection include, aqueous solutions, suitably flavored syrups, aqueous or oil suspensions, and flavored emulsions with edible oils such as cottonseed oil, sesame oil, coconut oil or peanut oil, as well as elixirs and similar pharmaceutical vehicles. Suitable dispersing or suspending agents for aqueous suspensions, include synthetic and natural gums such as tragacanth, acacia, alginate, dextran, sodium carboxymethylcellulose, methylcellulose, polyvinyl-pyrrolidone or gelatin.
  • Advantageously, the pharmaceutical compositions of the present invention may be administered in a single daily dose, or the total daily dosage may be administered in divided doses of two, three or four times daily. Furthermore, the pharmaceutical compositions of the present invention can be administered in intranasal form via topical use of suitable intranasal vehicles, or via transdermal skin patches well known to those of ordinary skill in that art. To be administered in the form of a transdermal delivery system, the dosage administration will, of course, be continuous rather than intermittent throughout the dosage regimen.
  • In certain embodiments, for oral administration in the form of a tablet or capsule, the active drug component(s) can be combined with an oral, non-toxic pharmaceutically acceptable inert excipient such as ethanol, glycerol, water and the like. Moreover, when desired or necessary, suitable binders; lubricants, disintegrating agents and coloring agents can also be incorporated into the mixture. Suitable binders include, without limitation, starch, gelatin, natural sugars such as glucose or beta-lactose, corn sweeteners, natural and synthetic gums such as acacia, tragacanth or sodium oleate, sodium stearate, magnesium stearate, sodium benzoate, sodium acetate, sodium chloride, and the like. Disintegrators include, without limitation, starch, sodium starch glycolate, croscamellose sodium, crospovidone, methyl cellulose, agar, bentonite, xanthan gum, and the like. The liquid forms in suitably flavored suspending or dispersing agents such as the synthetic and natural gums, for example, tragacanth, acacia, methyl-cellulose and the like. For parenteral administration, sterile suspensions and solutions are desired. Isotonic preparations which generally contain suitable preservatives are employed when intravenous administration is desired.
  • The pharmaceutical compositions of the present invention may be prepared according to known methods and employing known processes and equipment, as disclosed, for example in Pharmaceutical Sciences, Remington, 17th Ed., pp. 1585-1594 (1985); Chemical Engineers Handbook, Perry, 6th Ed., pp. 21-13 to 21-19 (1984); Journal of Pharmaceutical Sciences, Parrot, Vol. 61, No. 6, pp. 813-829 (1974); and Chemical Engineer, Hixon, pp. 94-103 (1990).
  • Granules for the pharmaceutical compositions of the present invention may, for example, be prepared by comminution, which produces the desired size of the active ingredient and the desired size of any accompanying pharmaceutically acceptable excipient(s). Suitable means for producing the desired particles include, but are not limited to, granulation, spray drying, sieving, lyophilization, crushing, grinding, jet milling, micronizing and chopping to produce the intended particle size. The process can be performed by size reduction equipment, such as a micropulverizer mill, a fluid energy-grinding mill, a grinding mill, a roller mill, a hammer mill, an attrition mill, a chaser mill, a ball mill, a vibrating ball mill, an impact pulverizer mill, a centrifugal pulverizer, a coarse crusher and a fine crusher. The size of the particle can be ascertained by screening, including a grizzly screen, a flat screen, a vibrating screen, a revolving screen, a shaking screen, an oscillating screen and a reciprocating screen. The granules are then, for example, pressed according to known methods to yield a tablet.
  • Granules for the pharmaceutical compositions of the present invention may alternatively be manufactured according to the wet granulation technique. In the wet granulation technique, solid particles are wetted and bound together by a binder solution consisting essentially of a granulation solvent, a binder, and optionally other excipients. The active ingredient (for example, the compound of formula (I-X) or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof) may be granulated as solid particles together with or absent other solid excipients, or is partially dissolved in the binder solution. The solid particles can be mixed by means of mechanical agitation (using for example, a low or high shear mixer) or may be fluidized by a gas (as in fluid bed granulation). The granulating fluid is added until a wet blend is produced, which wet mass blend is then forced through a predetermined screen and dried in a fluid bed dryer. The blend is dried for about 18 to about 24 hours at a temperature in the range of from about 24° C. to about 35° C. in a forced-air oven. The dried granules are then sized, according to known methods. The dried granules are then sized. Next, magnesium stearate, or another suitable lubricant (if desired) and other excipient materials (as appropriate) are added to the granulation, and the granulation is put into milling jar sand mixed on a jar mill for 10 minutes. For the preparation of tablets, the resulting composition is pressed into a layer, for example, in a Manesty® press or a Korsch LCT press. In an example, the speed of the press is set at 15 rpm and the maximum load set at about 4 tons.
  • Alternatively, the active ingredient and excipient(s) may be blended as powdered ingredients in a fluid bed granulator. After the powdered ingredients are dry blended in the granulator, a granulating fluid, for example, polyvinylpyrrolidone in water, is sprayed onto the powders. The resulting agglomerated materials are then dried in the granulator. This process granulates all the ingredients present therein while adding the granulating fluid. After the granules are dried, a lubricant, such as stearic acid or magnesium stearate, is mixed into the granulation using a blender e.g., V-blender or tote blender. The granules are then pressed and coated in the manner described above.
  • Exemplary solvents suitable for manufacturing the pharmaceutical composition components comprise aqueous or inert organic solvents that do not adversely harm the materials used in the system. The solvents broadly include members selected from the group consisting of aqueous solvents, alcohols, ketones, esters, ethers, aliphatic hydrocarbons, halogenated solvents, cycloaliphatics, aromatics, heterocyclic solvents and mixtures thereof. Typical solvents include acetone, diacetone alcohol, methanol, ethanol, isopropyl alcohol, butyl alcohol, methyl acetate, ethylacetate, isopropyl acetate, n-butyl acetate, methyl isobutyl ketone, methyl propyl ketone, nhexane, n-heptane, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether, ethylene glycol monoethyl acetate, methylene dichloride, ethylene dichloride, propylene dichloride, carbon tetrachloridenitroethane, nitropropane tetrachloroethane, ethyl ether, isopropyl ether, cyclohexane, cyclooctane, benzene, toluene, naphtha, 1,4-dioxane, tetrahydrofuran, diglyme, water, aqueous solvents containing inorganic salts such as sodium chloride, calcium chloride, and the like, and mixtures thereof such as acetone and water, acetone and methanol, acetone and ethyl alcohol, methylene dichloride and methanol, and ethylene dichloride and methanol.
  • Where desired, pan coating may be used to provide a completed dosage form. In the pan coating system, the coating composition is deposited by successive spraying onto the compressed tablet, accompanied by tumbling in a rotating pan. A pan coater is commonly used because of its availability at commercial scale. Other techniques can be used for coating the tablet. Once coated, the tablet is dried in, for example, the same equipment of in a forced-air oven or in a temperature and humidity controlled oven to free the dosage form of solvent(s) used in the manufacturing. Drying conditions are conventionally chosen on the basis of available equipment, ambient conditions, solvents, coatings, coating thickness, and the like.
  • Other coating techniques can also be employed. For example, one alternative technique uses an air-suspension procedure. This procedure consists of suspending and tumbling the tablet in a current of air, until a coating is applied. The air-suspension procedure is described in, for example, U.S. Pat. No. 2,799,241; in J. Am. Pharm. Assoc., Vol. 48, pp. 451-459 (1959); and, ibid., Vol. 49, pp. 82-84 (1960). The tablet also can be coated with a Wurster® air-suspension coater using, for example, methylene dichloride methanol as a co-solvent for the coating material. An Aeromatic® air-suspension coater can be used employing a co-solvent.
  • The co-therapy comprising (a) metformin or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof and (b) a compound of formula (I) or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, of the present invention may be administered in any of the foregoing compositions and according to dosage regimens established in the art whenever treatment of a glucose related disorder is required.
  • The co-therapy comprising (a) glyburide, and (b) a compound of formula (I) or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, of the present invention may be administered in any of the foregoing compositions and according to dosage regimens established in the art whenever treatment of a glucose related disorder is required.
  • The co-therapy comprising (a) metformin or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, (b) a compound of formula (I) or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, and (c) a sulfonylurea (preferably glyburide) or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, of the present invention may be administered in any of the foregoing compositions and according to dosage regimens established in the art whenever treatment of a glucose related disorder is required.
  • In an embodiment, for oral administration, the compositions are preferably provided in the form of tablets containing, 50, 100, 150, 200, 250, 500, 750, 850, 1000, 1500 or 2000 milligrams of the metformin or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof (preferably metformin hydrochloride); and further containing 1, 5, 10, 25, 50, 100, 150, 200, 250, 300 or 500 milligrams of the compound of formula (I) or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. In another embodiment, for oral administration, the compositions are preferably provided in the form of tablets containing, 1.0, 2.5, 5.0, 7.5, 10.0, 12.5, 15 or 20 milligrams, of the glyburide; and further containing 1, 5, 10, 25, 50, 100, 150, 200, 250, 300 or 500 milligrams of the compound of formula (I) or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. In another embodiment, for oral administration, the compositions are preferably provided in the form of tablets containing, 50, 100, 150, 200, 250, 500, 750, 850, 1000, 1500 or 2000 milligrams of the metformin or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof (preferably metformin hydrochloride); further containing 1, 5, 10, 25, 50, 100, 150, 200, 250, 300 or 500 milligrams of the compound of formula (I) or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof (preferably a compound of formula (I-X) or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof or a compound of formula (I-Y) or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof), and further containing 1.0, 2.5, 5.0, 7.5, 10.0, 12.5, 15, 20, 25, 50, 100, 250, 500 or 1000 milligrams, of the sulfonylurea or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • Preferably, the metformin or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof (more preferably, metformin hydrochloride) is administered at a dosage level of from about 0.01 mg/kg to about 200 mg/kg of body weight per day, or from about 0.5 mg/kg to about 50 mg/kg of body weight per day, or any amount or range therein. Preferably, the range is from about 1.0 to about 50.0 mg/kg of body weight per day, or any amount or range therein, more preferably, from about 5 mg/kg to about 30 mg/kg, or any amount or range therein, more preferably, from about 5 to about 20 mg/kg of body weight per day, or any amount or range therein. In an embodiment, an effective amount of the metformin or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof is supplied at a dosage level of 250 mg, 500 mg, 750 mg, 1000 mg or 2000 mg, or any amount or range therein.
  • Preferably, the glyburide is administered at a dosage level of from about 0.01 mg/kg to about 0.5 mg/kg of body weight per day, or from about 0.01 mg/kg to about 0.3 mg/kg of body weight per day, or any amount or range therein. In an embodiment, an effective amount of the glyburide is supplied at a dosage level of 1.0 mg, 2.5 mg, 5.0 mg, 7.5 mg, 10.0 mg, 12.5 mg, 15 mg, or 20 mg, or any amount or range therein.
  • Preferably, the compound of formula (I) or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof is administered at a dosage level of from about 0.01 mg/kg to about 500 mg/kg of body weight per day, or 0.01 mg/kg to about 200 mg/kg of body weight per day, or any amount or range therein. Preferably, the range is from about 0.01 to about 50 mg/kg of body weight per day, or any amount or range therein, more preferably, from about 0.05 mg/kg to about 10 mg/kg, or any amount or range therein, more preferably, from about 1 to about 5 mg/kg of body weight per day, or any amount or range therein. In an embodiment, an effective amount of the compound of formula (I) or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof is supplied at a dosage level of 10 mg, 25 mg, 50 mg, 100 mg, 150 mg or 300 mg, or any amount or range therein. Preferably, the sulfonylurea or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof is administered at a dosage level of from about 0.01 mg/kg to about 200 mg/kg of body weight per day, or any amount or range therein. Preferably, the range is from about 0.01 to about 50 mg/kg of body weight per day. In an embodiment, an effective amount of the sulfonylurea or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof is supplied at a dosage level of 1.0 mg, 2.5 mg, 5.0 mg, 10 mg, 25 mg, 50 mg, 100 mg, 150 mg, 250 mg, 500 mg, 100 mg, or any amount or range therein. The co-therapy of the present invention may be administered on a regimen of 1 to 4 times per day.
  • Optimal dosages to be administered may be readily determined by those skilled in the art, and will vary with for example, the mode of administration, the strength of the preparation, the mode of administration, and the advancement of the disease condition. In addition, factors associated with the particular patient being treated, including patient age, weight, diet and time of administration, will result in the need to adjust dosages.
  • One skilled in the art will recognize that, both in vivo and in vitro trials using suitable, known and generally accepted cell and/or animal models are predictive of the ability of a test compound or co-therapy to treat or prevent a given disorder. One skilled in the art will further recognize that human clinical trials including first-in-human, dose ranging and efficacy trials, in healthy patients and/or those suffering from a given disorder, may be completed according to methods well known in the clinical and medical arts.
  • The following Examples are set forth to aid in the understanding of the invention, and are not intended and should not be construed to limit in any way the invention set forth in the claims which follow thereafter.
  • An ability and unexpected synergistic effect of co-therapy of metformin and the compound of formula (I) to treat glucose related disorders, for example, Type 2 diabetes mellitus and Syndrome X, is based on the following animal study.
  • Example 1 In Vivo Mouse Study
  • Male C57BL/6 mice (total of 100 mice) were fed with a high fat diet from the age of 3 weeks to 6 weeks (total 3 weeks). After 3 weeks on a high fat diet, all the mice received a single-dose ip injection of Steptozotocin (STZ) (100 mg/kg, in 0.05 mol/L citric acid, pH4.5, 10 mg/ml). All the mice were then kept on a high fat diet for another 3 weeks. Those mice with fasted blood glucose levels >7 mM and <15 mM were selected for the study.
  • At the start of the pre-dose period, each mouse was assigned a predose number, which was indicated on its cage card. After assignment to dosage groups, each mouse was assigned a unique study identification number (which will be indicated on its cage card) and identified by permanent marker on its tail. Mice were housed 5 mice per cage in stainless steel cages. The study room was maintained on a 12-hour light/dark cycle (light/dark cycle may be interrupted for study-related activities), within a temperature range of 64° F. to 79° F., and a relative humidity range of 30% to 70%. The temperature and humidity ranges will be monitored by a hygrothermograph. Mice were fed ad libitum (except where noted) with high-fat diet prepared in Southern University. Water was provided ad libitum by water bottles.
  • Study Design:
  • The quarantine period was 5 days. The test compound or vehicle was administered orally by gavage. The dosage levels were chosen to represent a range of exposures with pharmacology effects.
  • Mice were selected on the basis of pre-dose evaluations at day −1 and randomly assigned to groups using a computer-generated randomization method based on body weight and fasted blood glucose levels. The mean values of body weight and fasted blood glucose level of each group were similar (within <5% variation).
  • The mice were randomly divided into six testing group of 10 mice per group. Each group was treated for 3 weeks, via oral administration, with one of the following regimens: (a) vehicle; (b) the compound of formula (I-Y) at 1 mg/kg; (c) the compound of formula (I-Y) at 10 mg/kg; (d) metformin at 500 mg/kg; (e) a combination of the compound of formula (I-Y) at 1 mg/kg and metformin at 500 mg/kg; and (f) a combination of the compound of formula (I-Y) at 10 mg/kg and metformin at 500 mg/kg.
  • On Day 1 (the first day of dosing), dosing at all dose levels was initiated. All groups were then dosed for 20 additional days. The following pharmacological parameters were measured during and at the end of this study: (a) fed blood glucose were measured at day 1, 7, 14, and 21 day before dosing; (b) body weight of each mouse was measured at day −1 (for grouping), 1, 7, 14, and 21, after blood glucose measurement; and (c) 24 hr food intake (average of 5 mice per cage) was measured at day 1, 7, 14, and 20.
  • On day 18 of treatment, mice were fasted overnight (5 pm-8 am), after a change to a new cage. The following morning, a basal fasted blood glucose level was determined. Then, glucose solution (20% glucose, 2 g/kg body weight, 1 ml/100 g of body weight, prepared freshly before oral glucose tolerance test, (OGTT) was administrated via oral gavage. Blood glucose levels were measured using tail blood at 30, 60, and 120 min after glucose challenge. Food was replaced after the last time point of blood glucose measurement.
  • The pharmacological significance of any findings was determined based on statistical analysis and historical control data. Statistical analyses were performed utilizing GraphPadPRISM.
  • The compound of formula (I-Y) alone and in combination with metformin was tested according to the procedure as described above, with results as listed in Table 1, below.
  • TABLE 1
    in vivo Mouse Assay Results
    Blood Glucose AUC
    Fed Glucose Fasted Glucose during OGTT
    Treatment (mg/dL) (mg/dL) (mg/dL * 2 h)
    Vehicle 421.5 ± 25.9 87.0 ± 6.1 36951 ± 2592
    Cmpd (I-Y) (1 mg/kg) 360.7 ± 15.7 77.8 ± 4.9 31562 ± 1447
    Cmpd (I-Y) (10 mg/kg) 290.5 ± 24.8 66.9 ± 3.1 25209 ± 894 
    Metformin (500 mg/kg) 345.4 ± 28.4 74.7 ± 3.8 34023 ± 1618
    Cmpd (I-Y) (1 mg/kg) + 290.0 ± 15.4  75.7 ± 11.3 28934 ± 1464
    Metformin (500 mg/kg)
    Cmpd (I-Y) (10 mg/kg) + 223.7 ± 12.2 54.1 ± 4.1 19395 ± 584 
    Metformin (500 mg/kg)
    Blood Glucose AUC
    Fed Glucose Fasted Glucose during OGTT
    (% relative to (% relative to (% relative to the
    Treatment the Vehicle) the Vehicle) Vehicle)
    Vehicle 100% ± 6%  100.0% ± 7.0%  100% ± 7% 
    Cmpd (I-Y) (1 mg/kg) 86% ± 4% 89.4% ± 5.7% 85% ± 4%
    Cmpd (I-Y) (10 mg/kg) 69% ± 6% 76.9% ± 3.6% 68% ± 2%
    Metformin (500 mg/kg) 82% ± 7% 85.9% ± 4.4% 92% ± 4%
    Cmpd (I-Y) (1 mg/kg) + 69% ± 4%  87.0% ± 13.0% 78% ± 4%
    Metformin (500 mg/kg)
    Cmpd (I-Y) (10 mg/kg) + 53% ± 3% 62.2% ± 4.7% 52% ± 2%
    Metformin (500 mg/kg)
  • Example 2 In Vivo Mouse Study
  • Male ob/ob mice (8-week old, ˜50 g) were housed 2 mice per cage in a temperature-controlled room with 12-hour light/dark cycle. The mice were allowed ad libitum access to water and chow (commercially supplied diet). Mice were grouped into 6 test groups based on their body weight and fed blood glucose levels, as noted in Table 2, below.
  • TABLE 2
    Mouse Treatment groups
    Group Treatment
    1 Vehicle (0.5% Methocel) 1 ml/100 g, P.O.
    2 Compound of formula (I-X) @ 1.0 mpk: 1 ml/100 g, P.O.
    3 Compound of formula (I-X) @ 10.0 mpk: 1 ml/100 g, P.O.
    4 Metformin HCl: 250 mpk: 1 ml/100 g, P.O.
    5 Compound of formula (I-X) @ 1 mpk
    Metformin HCl: 250 mpk, 1 ml/100 g, P.O.
    6 Compound of formula (I-X) @ 10 mpk
    Metformin HCl: 250 mpk, 1 ml/100 g, P.O.
  • Study Design:
  • On the first morning, the mice were grouped as noted above and fed glucose. The mice were then dosed with vehicle or test compound(s) via gavage at 4:00 pm each day for 22 days q.d. The compound of formula (I-X) was dosed at 1 mg/kg or 10 mg/kg (as noted in the result table below) with or without treatment with metformin HCl at a dosage of 250 mg/kg.
  • Body weight, food intake and fed blood glucose levels were measured weekly. An oral glucose tolerance test (OGTT) was conducted on the mice on day 18, after overnight fasting. Glucose concentrations of 0.5 g/kg BW, and blood glucose levels of OGTT were measured using a Glucometer at t0 (before glucose dosing), t30, t60, and t120 corresponding to 30, 60 and 120 minutes following administration. The administered glucose solution was prepared at 0.5 g/kg using 12.5% glucose, 1 ml/250 g BW.
  • Following completion of the study, final body weight and blood glucose level of were collected and the mice in each group was sacrificed to collect blood for biochemistry analysis, including fed blood glucose levels, fasted blood glucose levels, blood glucose levels during OGTT, plasma insulin and body weight change.
  • The compound of formula (I-X) alone and in combination with metformin was tested according to the procedure as described above, with results as listed in Table 3, below.
  • TABLE 3
    in vivo ob/ob Mouse Assay Results
    Blood Glucose
    Fasted AUC
    Fed Glucose Glucose during OGTT
    Treatment (mg/dL) (mg/dL) (mg/dL * 2 h)
    Vehicle 345 ± 19 174 ± 11 100 ± 5 
    Cmpd (I-X) (1 mg/kg) 312 ± 34 159 ± 12 80 ± 4
    Cmpd (I-X) (10 mg/kg) 254 ± 22  86 ± 4  48 ± 3
    Metformin HCl (250 mg/kg) 371 ± 35 166 ± 16 91 ± 9
    Cmpd (I-X) (1 mg/kg) + 285 ± 23 153 ± 12 77 ± 7
    Metformin HCl (250 mg/kg)
    Cmpd (I-X) (10 mg/kg) + 216 ± 10 110 ± 11 56 ± 3
    Metformin HCl (250 mg/kg)
    Plasma Insulin Body Weight
    Treatment (ng/dL) (g)
    Vehicle 38.6 ± 3.3 54 ± 0.8
    Cmpd (I-X) (1 mg/kg) 46.3 ± 3.5 53 ± 0.8
    Cmpd (I-X) (10 mg/kg) 44.0 ± 3.6 54 ± 0.8
    Metformin HCl (250 mg/kg) 48.4 ± 2.0 52 ± 0.9
    Cmpd (I-X) (1 mg/kg) + 52.6 ± 1.2 53 ± 0.8
    Metformin HCl (250 mg/kg)
    Cmpd (I-X) (10 mg/kg) + 53.1 ± 1.4 51 ± 1.0
    Metformin HCl (250 mg/kg)
  • The results in Table 3 above indicate that the compound of formula (I-X) at 10 mg/kg significantly reduced blood glucose levels and improved glucose excursion during OGTT. The results further showed no additive or synergistic effect in mice treated with the combination of metformin and the compound of formula (I-X). Additionally, the results show that metformin at 250 mg/kg did not have an effect on blood glucose control, suggesting that the ob/ob mouse is not a suitable animal model to demonstrate the activity of metformin (given the mechanism by which metformin acts on glucose levels). The lack of an additive and/or synergistic effect for the combination of the compound of formula (I-X) and metformin, is therefore believed to be a result of this model's limitation in demonstrating known anti-diabetic activity.
  • Example 3 Pharmaceutical Composition Combination of Metformin Hydrochloride and the Compound of Formula (I-X)
  • A pharmaceutical composition comprising metformin hydrochloride and the compound of formula (I-X) was prepared as follows, with Table 4, below listing the components in the formulation. Metformin HCl was purchased as commercially available Drug Substance (DS) from Solmag S. P. A Mulazzano (Via Della Vittoria 89, 26837 Cassino d'Alberi, Mulazzano, Italy).
  • TABLE 4
    Combination Tablet Formulation
    mg/ Quanity/
    Description Function tablet % w/w Batch (g)
    Intragranular Additions
    Compound of Formula Drug 200.0 14.69 132.2
    (I-X) Substance-1
    Metformin HCl Drug 1000.0 73.46 660.8
    Substance-2
    Microcrystalline Cellulose Filler 59.2 4.35 39.1
    Povidone (K29/32)1 Binder 54.50 4.00 36.0
    Croscarmellose sodium Disintegrant 40.80 3.00 27.3
    Water2 NA N/A
    Extragranular Additions
    Magnesium Stearate, 2257 Lubricant 6.8 0.50 4.5
    Totals 100.0 1361.3 100.0 899.6
    1Added as 6% solids in solution
    2Not in final formulation
  • Metformin hydrochloride, the compound of formula (I-X), microcrystalline cellulose (MCC) and croscarmellose sodium were screened and blended in bohle bin blender (L. B Bohle Maschinen+Verfhren GmbH, Ennigerloh, Germany). The resulting materials were fluidized in a Glatt Fluid bed processor (Glatt Air Techniques, Ramsay, N.J.) with 1.0 mm nozzle and aircap setting of 2. The binder (Povidone K29/32), as a 6% w/w solids solution in water, was then sprayed onto the resulting granules. The moisture level and granulation growth were monitored during the process, with samples taken every 10 minutes of the process. Moisture balance was used to determine loss on drying (LOD).
  • The dried granulation was then lubricated with screened magnesium stearate in a bohle bin blender. The final blend was compressed into tablets on a rotary press, Fette 1200i (Fette GmbH, Schwarzenbek, Germany) equipped with 0.830″×0.4095″ D-tooling and low quantity feeder. The Batch was compressed using two stations to the target tablet weight. Five different compression profiles were used to produce tablets.
  • For the five compression profile sub-batches, tablet weight variation was less than 1% and friability was less than 0.5%. Tablet hardness increased with compression from 16 kp at 14.6 KN compression to 25 kp at 31.3 KN compression, and corresponding tablet thickness decreased from 7.32±0.3 mm at 14.6 KN to 6.84±0.3 mm at 31.3 KN. Disintegration time increased with compression from about 4:50 min at 14.6 KN compression to about 9:40 min at 31.3 KN. A measure of the dissolution rate showed that at 30 minutes, between about 85% to about 93% of the compound of formula (I-X) was released, and between about 94% and about 99% of the metformin hydrochloride was released.
  • While the foregoing specification teaches the principles of the present invention, with examples provided for the purpose of illustration, it will be understood that the practice of the invention encompasses all of the usual variations, adaptations and/or modifications as come within the scope of the following claims and their equivalents.

Claims (19)

1. A method for treating a glucose related disorder comprising administering to a subject in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of co-therapy comprising
(a) metformin or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof; and
(b) a compound of formula (I)
Figure US20110009347A1-20110113-C00020
wherein Ring A and Ring B are one of the followings:
(1) Ring A is an optionally substituted unsaturated monocyclic heterocyclic ring, and Ring B is an optionally substituted unsaturated monocyclic heterocyclic ring, an optionally substituted unsaturated fused heterobicyclic ring, or an optionally substituted benzene ring; or
(2) Ring A is an optionally substituted benzene ring, and Ring B is an optionally substituted unsaturated monocyclic heterocyclic ring, or an optionally substituted unsaturated fused heterobicyclic ring wherein Y is linked to the heterocyclic ring of the fused heterobicyclic ring; or
(3) Ring A is an optionally substituted unsaturated fused heterobicyclic ring, wherein the sugar moiety X-(sugar) and the moiety —Y-(Ring B) are both on the same heterocyclic ring of the fused heterobicyclic ring, and Ring B is an optionally substituted unsaturated monocyclic heterocyclic ring, an optionally substituted unsaturated fused heterobicyclic ring, or an optionally substituted benzene ring;
X is a carbon atom or a nitrogen atom; and
Y is —(CH2)n— (wherein n is 1 or 2);
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
2. A method as in claim 1, wherein the glucose related disorder is selected from the group consisting of diabetes mellitus, diabetic retinopathy, diabetic neuropathy, diabetic nephropathy, delayed wound healing, insulin resistance, hyperglycemia, hyperinsulinemia, elevated blood levels of fatty acids, elevated blood levels of glucose, hyperlipidemia, obesity, hypertriglyceridemia, Syndrome X, diabetic complications, atherosclerosis and hypertension.
3. A method as in claim 1, wherein the glucose related disorder is type 2 diabetes mellitus.
4. A method as in claim 1, wherein the compound of formula (I) is a compound of formula (I-X)
Figure US20110009347A1-20110113-C00021
or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
5. A method as in claim 4, wherein the compound of formula (I-X) is a crystalline hemihydrate.
6. A method as in claim 1, wherein the metformin or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof is metformin hydrochloride; and wherein the metformin hydrochloride is administered at a dosage of between about 100 mg and about 2000 mg.
7. A method as in claim 1, wherein the compound of formula (I) or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof is administered at a dosage in the range of from about 50 mg to about 500 mg.
8. A method for treating a glucose related disorder comprising administering to a subject in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of co-therapy comprising
(a) metformin hydrochloride; and
(b) a compound of formula (I-X)
Figure US20110009347A1-20110113-C00022
or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
9. A method as in claim 8, wherein the glucose related disorder is selected from the group consisting of diabetes mellitus, diabetic retinopathy, diabetic neuropathy, diabetic nephropathy, delayed wound healing, insulin resistance, hyperglycemia, hyperinsulinemia, elevated blood levels of fatty acids, elevated blood levels of glucose, hyperlipidemia, obesity, hypertriglyceridemia, Syndrome X, diabetic complications, atherosclerosis and hypertension.
10. A method as in claim 9, wherein the glucose related disorder is type 2 diabetes mellitus.
11. A method as in claim 8, wherein the metformin hydrochloride is administered at a dosage of between about 100 mg and about 2000 mg.
12. A method as in claim 8, wherein the compound of formula (I-X) or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof is administered at a dosage in the range of from about 50 mg to about 500 mg.
13. A pharmaceutical composition comprising
(a) metformin hydrochloride;
(b) a compound of formula (I-X)
Figure US20110009347A1-20110113-C00023
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof; and
(c) a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient.
14. A pharmaceutical compositions as in claim 13, wherein the metformin hydrochloride is present in an amount in the range of from about 100 mg to about 2000 mg; and wherein the compound of formula (I-X) or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof is present in an amount in the range of from about 50 mg to about 500 mg.
15. A pharmaceutical composition as in claim 13, wherein the metformin hydrochloride is present in an amount of about 250 mg, about 500 mg, about 750 mg, about 850 mg, or about 1000 mg; and wherein the compound of formula (I-X) or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof is present in an amount of about 100 mg, about 150 mg or about 300 mg.
16. A pharmaceutical composition comprising
(a) metformin or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof;
(b) a compound of formula (I-X)
Figure US20110009347A1-20110113-C00024
or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof;
(c) a sulfonylurea or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof; and
(d) a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient.
17. A pharmaceutical composition as in claim 16, wherein the sulfonylurea is selected from the group consisting of chlorpropamide, tolazamide, tolbutamide, glyburide, glipizide and glimepiride.
18. A pharmaceutical composition as in claim 16, wherein the metformin or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof is metformin hydrochloride; and wherein the sulfonylurea is glyburide.
19. A pharmaceutical composition as in claim 16, wherein
the metformin hydrochloride is present in an amount in the range of from about 100 mg to about 2000 mg;
the compound of formula (I-X) or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof is present in an amount in the range of from about 50 mg to about 500 mg;
and the glyburide is present in an amount in the range of form about 2.5 mg to about 20 mg.
US12/830,479 2009-07-08 2010-07-06 Combination therapy for the treatment of diabetes Abandoned US20110009347A1 (en)

Priority Applications (45)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US12/830,479 US20110009347A1 (en) 2009-07-08 2010-07-06 Combination therapy for the treatment of diabetes
JP2012519688A JP6115986B2 (en) 2009-07-08 2010-07-07 Combination therapy for the treatment of diabetes
MEP-2019-178A ME03508B (en) 2009-07-08 2010-07-07 Combination therapy for the treatment of diabetes
MX2012000488A MX2012000488A (en) 2009-07-08 2010-07-07 Combination therapy for the treatment of diabetes.
EA201270144A EA020009B1 (en) 2009-07-08 2010-07-07 Combination therapy for the treatment of diabetes
IN639DEN2012 IN2012DN00639A (en) 2009-07-08 2010-07-07
PL10735109T PL2451482T3 (en) 2009-07-08 2010-07-07 Combination therapy for the treatment of diabetes
EP10735109.0A EP2451482B1 (en) 2009-07-08 2010-07-07 Combination therapy for the treatment of diabetes
ES10735109T ES2732703T3 (en) 2009-07-08 2010-07-07 Combination therapy for the treatment of diabetes
CN2010800406265A CN102497881A (en) 2009-07-08 2010-07-07 Combination therapy for the treatment of diabetes
SI201031889T SI2451482T1 (en) 2009-07-08 2010-07-07 Combination therapy for the treatment of diabetes
BR112012000502-2A BR112012000502B1 (en) 2009-07-08 2010-07-07 PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITION UNDERSTANDING METHORMORM IN CO-THERAPY FOR THE TREATMENT AND PREVENTION OF DISORDERS RELATED TO GLUCOSE.
DK10735109.0T DK2451482T3 (en) 2009-07-08 2010-07-07 COMBINATION THERAPY FOR THE TREATMENT OF DIABETES
SG2011097177A SG177417A1 (en) 2009-07-08 2010-07-07 Combination therapy for the treatment of diabetes
CN201710167924.4A CN106983744A (en) 2009-07-08 2010-07-07 Conjoint therapy for treating diabetes
PT10735109T PT2451482T (en) 2009-07-08 2010-07-07 Combination therapy for the treatment of diabetes
SG10201403900PA SG10201403900PA (en) 2009-07-08 2010-07-07 Combination therapy for the treatment of diabetes
MYPI2012000030A MY174002A (en) 2009-07-08 2010-07-07 Combination theraphy for the treatment of diabetes
PCT/US2010/041136 WO2011005811A1 (en) 2009-07-08 2010-07-07 Combination therapy for the treatment of diabetes
AU2010270669A AU2010270669A1 (en) 2009-07-08 2010-07-07 Combination therapy for the treatment of diabetes
KR1020127002985A KR101799944B1 (en) 2009-07-08 2010-07-07 Combination therapy for the treatment of diabetes
HUE10735109A HUE045367T2 (en) 2009-07-08 2010-07-07 Combination therapy for the treatment of diabetes
LTEP10735109.0T LT2451482T (en) 2009-07-08 2010-07-07 Combination therapy for the treatment of diabetes
RS20190763A RS58871B1 (en) 2009-07-08 2010-07-07 Combination therapy for the treatment of diabetes
NZ622993A NZ622993A (en) 2009-07-08 2010-07-07 Combination therapy for the treatment of diabetes
CA2767811A CA2767811C (en) 2009-07-08 2010-07-07 Combination therapy for the treatment of diabetes
PE2012000021A PE20121046A1 (en) 2009-07-08 2010-07-07 COMBINATION THERAPY FOR THE TREATMENT OF DIABETES
UY0001032778A UY32778A (en) 2009-07-08 2010-07-08 COMBINATION THERAPY FOR THE TREATMENT OF DIABETES
ARP100102481A AR077464A1 (en) 2009-07-08 2010-07-08 COMBINATION THERAPY FOR THE TREATMENT OF DIABETES
TW099122409A TWI532481B (en) 2009-07-08 2010-07-08 Combination therapy for the treatment of diabetes
IL217395A IL217395A0 (en) 2009-07-08 2012-01-05 Combination therapy for the treatment of diabetes
CL2012000024A CL2012000024A1 (en) 2009-07-08 2012-01-05 Pharmaceutical composition comprising 100 to 2000 mg of metformin and 10 to 300 mg of a glucopyranosyl substituted phenyl derivative sglt-2 inhibitor compound, microcrystalline cellulose, a binder and croscarmellose.
CO12002313A CO6430453A2 (en) 2009-07-08 2012-01-06 COMBINATION THERAPY FOR THE TREATMENT OF DIABETES
HN2012000031A HN2012000031A (en) 2009-07-08 2012-01-06 COMBINATION THERAPY FOR THE TREATMENT OF DIABETES
EC2012011582A ECSP12011582A (en) 2009-07-08 2012-01-06 COMBINATION THERAPY FOR THE TREATMENT OF DIABETES
NI201200005A NI201200005A (en) 2009-07-08 2012-01-06 COMBINATION THERAPY FOR THE TREATMENT OF DIABETES
ZA2012/00918A ZA201200918B (en) 2009-07-08 2012-02-07 Combination therapy for the treatment of diabetes
US14/452,884 US20150011485A1 (en) 2009-07-08 2014-08-06 Combination therapy for the treatment of diabetes
JP2015153237A JP2016006093A (en) 2009-07-08 2015-08-03 Combination therapy for treatment of diabetes
US14/964,670 US20160089360A1 (en) 2009-07-08 2015-12-10 Combination therapy for the treatment of diabetes
JP2017000334A JP2017081975A (en) 2009-07-08 2017-01-05 Combination therapy for the treatment of diabetes
US15/413,480 US11576894B2 (en) 2009-07-08 2017-01-24 Combination therapy for the treatment of diabetes
IL259475A IL259475A (en) 2009-07-08 2018-05-21 Combination therapy for the treatment of diabetes
HRP20191148TT HRP20191148T1 (en) 2009-07-08 2019-06-24 Combination therapy for the treatment of diabetes
CY20191100795T CY1121853T1 (en) 2009-07-08 2019-07-26 COMBINATION THERAPY FOR THE MANAGEMENT OF DIABETES

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US22388109P 2009-07-08 2009-07-08
US12/830,479 US20110009347A1 (en) 2009-07-08 2010-07-06 Combination therapy for the treatment of diabetes

Related Child Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US14/452,884 Continuation US20150011485A1 (en) 2009-07-08 2014-08-06 Combination therapy for the treatment of diabetes

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
US20110009347A1 true US20110009347A1 (en) 2011-01-13

Family

ID=43427948

Family Applications (4)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US12/830,479 Abandoned US20110009347A1 (en) 2009-07-08 2010-07-06 Combination therapy for the treatment of diabetes
US14/452,884 Abandoned US20150011485A1 (en) 2009-07-08 2014-08-06 Combination therapy for the treatment of diabetes
US14/964,670 Abandoned US20160089360A1 (en) 2009-07-08 2015-12-10 Combination therapy for the treatment of diabetes
US15/413,480 Active US11576894B2 (en) 2009-07-08 2017-01-24 Combination therapy for the treatment of diabetes

Family Applications After (3)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US14/452,884 Abandoned US20150011485A1 (en) 2009-07-08 2014-08-06 Combination therapy for the treatment of diabetes
US14/964,670 Abandoned US20160089360A1 (en) 2009-07-08 2015-12-10 Combination therapy for the treatment of diabetes
US15/413,480 Active US11576894B2 (en) 2009-07-08 2017-01-24 Combination therapy for the treatment of diabetes

Country Status (39)

Country Link
US (4) US20110009347A1 (en)
EP (1) EP2451482B1 (en)
JP (3) JP6115986B2 (en)
KR (1) KR101799944B1 (en)
CN (2) CN102497881A (en)
AR (2) AR077464A1 (en)
AU (2) AU2010270669A1 (en)
BR (1) BR112012000502B1 (en)
CA (1) CA2767811C (en)
CL (1) CL2012000024A1 (en)
CO (1) CO6430453A2 (en)
CR (1) CR20120062A (en)
CY (1) CY1121853T1 (en)
DK (1) DK2451482T3 (en)
EA (1) EA020009B1 (en)
EC (1) ECSP12011582A (en)
ES (1) ES2732703T3 (en)
HN (1) HN2012000031A (en)
HR (1) HRP20191148T1 (en)
HU (1) HUE045367T2 (en)
IL (2) IL217395A0 (en)
IN (1) IN2012DN00639A (en)
LT (1) LT2451482T (en)
ME (1) ME03508B (en)
MX (1) MX2012000488A (en)
MY (1) MY174002A (en)
NI (1) NI201200005A (en)
PE (1) PE20121046A1 (en)
PL (1) PL2451482T3 (en)
PT (1) PT2451482T (en)
RS (1) RS58871B1 (en)
SG (2) SG177417A1 (en)
SI (1) SI2451482T1 (en)
TR (1) TR201909599T4 (en)
TW (1) TWI532481B (en)
UA (1) UA107578C2 (en)
UY (1) UY32778A (en)
WO (1) WO2011005811A1 (en)
ZA (1) ZA201200918B (en)

Cited By (15)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20090233874A1 (en) * 2007-09-10 2009-09-17 Abdel-Magid Ahmed F Process for the preparation of compounds useful as inhibitors of sglt
US20100099883A1 (en) * 2008-10-17 2010-04-22 Walter Ferdinand Maria Fillers Process for the preparation of compounds useful as inhibitors of sglt
US20110087017A1 (en) * 2009-10-14 2011-04-14 Vittorio Farina Process for the preparation of compounds useful as inhibitors of sglt2
US20120009259A1 (en) * 2010-07-06 2012-01-12 Urbain Alfons Clementina Delaet Formulation for co-therapy treatment of diabetes
WO2013074910A1 (en) * 2011-11-17 2013-05-23 Indiana University Research And Technology Corporation Glucagon superfamily peptides exhibiting glucocorticoid receptor activity
CN103641822A (en) * 2013-10-21 2014-03-19 江苏奥赛康药业股份有限公司 Canagliflozin compound and pharmaceutical composition thereof
US8772512B2 (en) 2009-07-10 2014-07-08 Janssen Pharmaceutica Nv Crystallisation process for 1-(β-D-glucopyranosyl)-4-methyl-3-[5-(4-fluorophenyl)-2-thienylmethyl] benzene
US20140343004A1 (en) * 2011-09-15 2014-11-20 Friulchem Spa Compositions for Oral Administration to Animals, Processes for Obtaining the Same and the Uses Thereof
US9035044B2 (en) 2011-05-09 2015-05-19 Janssen Pharmaceutica Nv L-proline and citric acid co-crystals of (2S, 3R, 4R, 5S,6R)-2-(3-((5-(4-fluorophenyl)thiopen-2-yl)methyl)4-methylphenyl)-6-(hydroxymethyl)tetrahydro-2H-pyran-3,4,5-triol
US9127088B2 (en) 2010-05-13 2015-09-08 Indiana University Research And Technology Corporation Glucagon superfamily peptides exhibiting nuclear hormone receptor activity
US10544135B2 (en) 2011-04-13 2020-01-28 Janssen Pharmaceutica Nv Process for the preparation of compounds useful as inhibitors of SGLT2
US10617668B2 (en) 2010-05-11 2020-04-14 Janssen Pharmaceutica Nv Pharmaceutical formulations
US20200375998A1 (en) * 2017-11-17 2020-12-03 Shionogi & Co., Ltd. Pharmaceutical preparation excellent in light stability and dissolution property
US11207337B2 (en) 2015-09-15 2021-12-28 Janssen Pharmaceutica Nv Co-therapy comprising canagliflozin and phentermine for the treatment of obesity and obesity related disorders
US11576894B2 (en) 2009-07-08 2023-02-14 Janssen Pharmaceutica Nv Combination therapy for the treatment of diabetes

Families Citing this family (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2008036310A2 (en) 2006-09-21 2008-03-27 Mcgowan Kenneth A Methods of use of calcium hexa aluminate refractory linings and/or chemical barriers in high alkali or alkaline environments
CN102743540A (en) * 2012-06-14 2012-10-24 黄培光 Combined blood sugar-reduction formula
JP6723164B2 (en) 2014-12-25 2020-07-15 株式会社癌免疫研究所 Method for modifying T cell population
JP6591010B2 (en) 2017-11-30 2019-10-16 キヤノン株式会社 Power supply device and image forming apparatus

Citations (77)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US2799241A (en) * 1949-01-21 1957-07-16 Wisconsin Alumni Res Found Means for applying coatings to tablets or the like
US4160861A (en) * 1977-10-03 1979-07-10 Merck & Co., Inc. Method for the separation of antibiotic macrolides
US4584369A (en) * 1981-07-31 1986-04-22 Sloan-Kettering Institute For Cancer Research Anti-leukemic beta-glycosyl C-nucleosides
US5149838A (en) * 1991-09-20 1992-09-22 Merck & Co., Inc. Intermediates for substituted azetidinones useful as anti-inflammatory and antidegenerative agents
US5292461A (en) * 1990-08-24 1994-03-08 Juch Rolf Dieter Process for the production of pellets
US5401435A (en) * 1991-06-10 1995-03-28 Ausimont S.P.A. Process for increasing the bleaching efficiency of an inorganic persalt or of hydrogen peroxide
US5424406A (en) * 1992-11-12 1995-06-13 Tanabe Seiyaku Co., Ltd. Dihydrochalcone derivatives which are hypoglycemic agents
US5610294A (en) * 1991-10-11 1997-03-11 The Du Pont Merck Pharmaceutical Company Substituted cyclic carbonyls and derivatives thereof useful as retroviral protease inhibitors
US5731292A (en) * 1992-11-12 1998-03-24 Tanabe Seiyaku Co., Ltd. Dihydrochalcone derivatives which are hypoglycemic agents
US5767094A (en) * 1995-11-07 1998-06-16 Tanabe Seiyaku Co., Ltd. Propiophenone derivative and processes for preparing the same
US5780483A (en) * 1995-02-17 1998-07-14 Smithkline Beecham Corporation IL-8 receptor antagonists
US5830873A (en) * 1994-05-11 1998-11-03 Tanabe Seiyaku Co., Ltd. Propiophenone derivative and a process for preparing the same
US5861385A (en) * 1992-12-21 1999-01-19 Bayer Aktiengesellschaft Substituted triols
US5945533A (en) * 1996-08-26 1999-08-31 Tanabe Seiyaku Co., Ltd. Process for preparing optically active benzothiazepine compound and intermediate therefor
US6048842A (en) * 1996-12-26 2000-04-11 Tanabe Seiyaku Co., Ltd. Propiophenone derivatives and process for preparing the same
US6069238A (en) * 1998-09-30 2000-05-30 Eli Lilly And Company Spirocyclic C-glycosides
US6153632A (en) * 1997-02-24 2000-11-28 Rieveley; Robert B. Method and composition for the treatment of diabetes
US6297363B1 (en) * 1993-02-12 2001-10-02 Nomura Co., Ltd. Glycoside indoles
US20010041674A1 (en) * 2000-02-02 2001-11-15 Kotobujki Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. C-glycosides and preparation of thereof as antidiabetic agents
US20020032164A1 (en) * 1998-12-30 2002-03-14 Dale Roderic M. K. Antimicrobial compounds and methods for their use
US20020052326A1 (en) * 2000-03-30 2002-05-02 Washburn William N. O-glucosylated benzamide SGLT2 inhibitors and method
US6414126B1 (en) * 1999-10-12 2002-07-02 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company C-aryl glucoside SGLT2 inhibitors and method
US6420513B2 (en) * 2000-01-31 2002-07-16 Canon Kabushiki Kaisha Aliphatic polyester, method for manufacturing aliphatic polyester, and method for recycling cellulose
US20020111315A1 (en) * 2000-03-30 2002-08-15 Washburn William N. O-aryl glucoside SGLT2 inhibitors and method
US6448415B1 (en) * 2000-07-22 2002-09-10 Hanchem Co., Ltd. Chirality conversion method in lactone sugar compounds
US6475521B1 (en) * 1998-03-19 2002-11-05 Bristol-Myers Squibb Co. Biphasic controlled release delivery system for high solubility pharmaceuticals and method
US6515117B2 (en) * 1999-10-12 2003-02-04 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company C-aryl glucoside SGLT2 inhibitors and method
US20030024914A1 (en) * 2000-12-18 2003-02-06 Stephen Aleshin Laser beam stop sensor for automatically detecting the presence of laser beam stop material
US20030064935A1 (en) * 2001-04-11 2003-04-03 Gougoutas Jack Z. Amino acid complexes of C-aryl glucosides for treatment of diabetes and method
US20030087843A1 (en) * 2001-09-05 2003-05-08 Washburn William N. O-pyrazole glucoside SGLT2 inhibitors and method of use
US6562791B1 (en) * 2002-03-29 2003-05-13 Council Of Scientific And Industrial Research Glucopyranoside, process for isolation thereof, pharmaceutical composition containing same and use thereof
US20030114390A1 (en) * 2001-03-13 2003-06-19 Washburn William N. C-aryl glucoside SGLT2 inhibitors and method
US6617313B1 (en) * 2002-03-13 2003-09-09 Council Of Scientific And Industrial Research Glucopyranoside and process of isolation thereof from pterocarpus marsupium pharmaceutical composition containing the same and use thereof
US20030191121A1 (en) * 2001-08-09 2003-10-09 Miller Ross A. Piperazine carboxamide intermediates of HIV protease inhibitors and processes for their preparation
US20040053855A1 (en) * 2000-03-17 2004-03-18 Hideki Fujikura Glucopyranosyloxy benzylbenzene derivatives, medicinal compositions containing the same and intermediates for the preparation of the derivatives
US20040063646A1 (en) * 2000-12-28 2004-04-01 Hideki Fujikura Glucopyranosyloxypyrazole derivatives and use thereof in medicines
US20040110936A1 (en) * 2001-04-27 2004-06-10 Ajinomoto Co., Inc. N-substituted pyrazole-O-glycoside derivatives and therapeutic agent for diabetes containing the same
US20040116357A1 (en) * 2001-02-27 2004-06-17 Nobuhiko Fushimi Glucopyranosyloxypyrazole derivatives and medicinal use thereof
US20040132669A1 (en) * 2001-02-26 2004-07-08 Toshihiro Nishimura Glycopyranosyloxypyrazole derivatives and medicinal use thereof
US20040138143A1 (en) * 2002-07-11 2004-07-15 Heiner Glombik Novel thiophene glycoside derivatives, processes for the preparation, medicaments comprising these compounds, and the use thereof
US6800761B1 (en) * 1998-06-24 2004-10-05 Sanofi-Synthelabo Form of irbesartan, methods for obtaining said form and pharmaceutical compositions containing same
US20040259819A1 (en) * 2002-12-12 2004-12-23 Aventis Pharma Deutschland Gmbh Novel heterocyclic fluoroglycoside derivatives, medicaments containing these compounds, and the use thereof
US20050014704A1 (en) * 2002-12-12 2005-01-20 Aventis Pharma Deutschland Gmbh Novel aromatic fluoroglycoside derivatives, medicaments containing these compounds, and the use thereof
US20050032712A1 (en) * 2003-08-01 2005-02-10 Maud Urbanski Substituted benzimidazole-, benztriazole-, and benzimidazolone-O-glucosides
US20050032711A1 (en) * 2003-08-01 2005-02-10 Mona Patel Substituted indazole-O-glucosides
US20050037981A1 (en) * 2003-08-01 2005-02-17 Beavers Mary Pat Substituted indole-O-glucosides
US20050037980A1 (en) * 2003-08-01 2005-02-17 Philip Rybczynski Substituted fused heterocyclic C-glycosides
US20050049203A1 (en) * 2001-06-20 2005-03-03 Toshihiro Nishimura Nitrogenous heterocyclic derivative, medicinal composition containing the same, medical use thereof, and intermediate therefor
US20050124556A1 (en) * 2001-10-24 2005-06-09 Michael Burton Chromogenic enzyme substrates
US20050124555A1 (en) * 2002-08-05 2005-06-09 Hiroshi Tomiyama Azulene derivatives and salts thereof
US20050209166A1 (en) * 2004-03-16 2005-09-22 Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh Glucopyranosyl-substituted phenyl derivatives, medicaments containing such compounds, their use and process for their manufacture
US20050233988A1 (en) * 2003-08-01 2005-10-20 Tanabe Seiyaku Co., Ltd. Novel compounds
US20050256317A1 (en) * 2002-08-09 2005-11-17 Masakazu Sato Process for selective production of aryl 5-thio-beta-d- aldohexopyranosides
US20060009400A1 (en) * 2004-07-06 2006-01-12 Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh D-xylopyranosyl-substituted phenyl derivatives, medicaments containing such compounds, their use and process for their manufacture
US20060035841A1 (en) * 2004-08-11 2006-02-16 Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh D-xylopyranosyl-phenyl-substituted cycles, medicaments containing such compounds, their use and process for their manufacture
US20060122126A1 (en) * 2003-03-14 2006-06-08 Masakazu Imamura C-glycoside derivatives and salts thereof
US7074826B2 (en) * 2002-10-07 2006-07-11 Encore Pharmaceuticals, Inc. R-NSAID esters and their use
US20060189548A1 (en) * 2005-02-23 2006-08-24 Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh Glucopyranosyl-substituted ((hetero)arylethynyl-benzyl)-benzene derivatives, medicaments containing such compounds, their use and process for their manufacture
US20060247179A1 (en) * 2003-03-31 2006-11-02 Nobuhiko Fushimi Fused heterocyclic derivative, medicinal composition containing the same, and medicinal use thereof
US20060258749A1 (en) * 2005-05-10 2006-11-16 Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh Processes for preparing of glucopyranosyl-substituted benzyl-benzene derivatives and intermediates therein
US7157584B2 (en) * 2004-02-25 2007-01-02 Takeda Pharmaceutical Company Limited Benzimidazole derivative and use thereof
US20070027092A1 (en) * 2005-07-27 2007-02-01 Frank Himmelsbach Glucopyranosyl-substituted ((hetero)cycloalkylethynyl-benzyl)-benzene derivatives, medicaments containing such compounds, their use and process for their manufacture
US20070049537A1 (en) * 2005-08-30 2007-03-01 Matthias Eckhardt Glucopyranosyl-substituted benzyl-benzene derivatives, medicaments containing such compounds, their use and process for their manufacture
US20070060545A1 (en) * 2003-08-01 2007-03-15 Tanabe Seiyaku Co., Ltd. Novel compounds
US20080027122A1 (en) * 2006-07-27 2008-01-31 Tanabe Seiyaku Co., Ltd. Indole derivatives
US7375213B2 (en) * 2003-01-03 2008-05-20 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Methods of producing C-aryl glucoside SGLT2 inhibitors
US20080132563A1 (en) * 2005-01-07 2008-06-05 Hiroyuki Kakinuma 1-Thio-D-Glucitol Derivatives
WO2008069327A1 (en) * 2006-12-04 2008-06-12 Mitsubishi Tanabe Pharma Corporation CRYSTALLINE FORM OF 1- (β-D-GLUCOPYRANOSYL) -4 -METHYL- 3- [5- (4 -FLUOROPHENYL) -2-THIENYLMETHYL] BENZENE HEMIHYDRATE
US7417032B2 (en) * 2004-07-27 2008-08-26 Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh D-xylopyranosyl-phenyl-substituted cycles, medicaments containing such compounds, their use and process for their manufacture
US20080234366A1 (en) * 2007-03-22 2008-09-25 Bristol-Myers Squibb Pharmaceutical formulation containing an sglt2 inhibitor
US20090124702A1 (en) * 2005-01-25 2009-05-14 Pechetti Siva Satya Krishna Babu Pharmaceutical Compositions of Metformin
US7576064B2 (en) * 2003-06-20 2009-08-18 Kissei Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. Pyrazole derivative, drug composition containing the same and production intermediate therefor
US20090233874A1 (en) * 2007-09-10 2009-09-17 Abdel-Magid Ahmed F Process for the preparation of compounds useful as inhibitors of sglt
US7666845B2 (en) * 2006-12-04 2010-02-23 Janssen Pharmaceutica N.V. Compounds having inhibitory activity against sodium-dependent glucose transporter
US20100099883A1 (en) * 2008-10-17 2010-04-22 Walter Ferdinand Maria Fillers Process for the preparation of compounds useful as inhibitors of sglt
US20110087017A1 (en) * 2009-10-14 2011-04-14 Vittorio Farina Process for the preparation of compounds useful as inhibitors of sglt2
US20120115799A1 (en) * 2010-05-11 2012-05-10 Wenhua Wang Pharmaceutical formulations

Family Cites Families (94)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPS5939889A (en) 1982-08-30 1984-03-05 Noguchi Kenkyusho Preparation of 2,4,6-tri-0-acetyl-3-deoxy-hexono-1,5-lactone
JP2544609B2 (en) 1986-10-07 1996-10-16 和光純薬工業株式会社 TCNQ complex
US4863957A (en) 1987-12-21 1989-09-05 Rorer Pharmaceutical Corporation Novel HMG-CoA reductase inhibitors
CA1327013C (en) 1988-06-23 1994-02-15 Peter Rex Brawn Cosmetic composition
DE68920798T2 (en) 1988-08-19 1995-05-18 Warner Lambert Co Substituted dihydroisoquinolinones and related compounds to enhance the lethal effects of radiation and certain chemotherapy drugs; selected compounds, analogs and methods.
JPH04253974A (en) 1991-02-05 1992-09-09 Ishihara Sangyo Kaisha Ltd Sulfonylurea compound, its production and herbicide containing the same
ZA927272B (en) 1991-10-29 1994-03-23 Du Pont Herbicidal triazolecarboxamides
GB9208161D0 (en) 1992-04-14 1992-05-27 Pfizer Ltd Indoles
US5334225A (en) 1992-07-15 1994-08-02 Kao Corporation Keratinous fiber dye composition containing a 2-substituted amino-5-alkylphenol derivative coupler
JPH06256354A (en) 1993-03-01 1994-09-13 Nippon Nohyaku Co Ltd New tetrazole compound and its production
JP3187611B2 (en) 1993-05-17 2001-07-11 キヤノン株式会社 Liquid crystal compound, liquid crystal composition containing the same, liquid crystal element having the same, display method and display device using them
JPH07242526A (en) 1994-03-03 1995-09-19 Sogo Yatsukou Kk Cosmetic
WO1996013258A1 (en) 1994-09-30 1996-05-09 The Ohio State Research Foundation C-glycoside analogues of n-(4-hydroxyphenyl)retinamide-o-glucuronide
SK133897A3 (en) 1995-04-07 1998-02-04 Ciba Geigy Ag Combination compositions containing benazepril or benazeprilat and valsartan
JP2002500618A (en) 1995-10-31 2002-01-08 イーライ・リリー・アンド・カンパニー Antithrombotic diamine
US5723495A (en) 1995-11-16 1998-03-03 The University Of North Carolina At Chapel Hill Benzamidoxime prodrugs as antipneumocystic agents
JPH09263549A (en) 1996-01-25 1997-10-07 Fujisawa Pharmaceut Co Ltd Production of benzene derivative
AU6422298A (en) 1997-03-25 1998-10-20 Takeda Chemical Industries Ltd. Pharmaceutical composition containing a phosphorylamide and an ayntibiotic
PE20000559A1 (en) 1998-05-27 2000-07-05 Merck & Co Inc FORMULATION OF EFAVIRENZ COMPRESSED TABLETS
WO1999065861A1 (en) 1998-06-18 1999-12-23 Merck Patent Gmbh Method for symmetrically and asymmetrically disubstituting carboxylic acid amides with organotitanates and grignard reagents
EP0974356B1 (en) 1998-07-15 2003-09-24 Merck Sante Tablets comprising a combination of metformin and glibenclamide
JP2000034239A (en) 1998-07-16 2000-02-02 Asahi Glass Co Ltd Production of trifluoromethylated aromatic compound
JP3857429B2 (en) 1998-07-17 2006-12-13 ポーラ化成工業株式会社 Sulfur-containing antifungal agent
ATE299499T1 (en) 1998-11-09 2005-07-15 Black James Foundation GASTRIN AND CHOLECYSTOKININ RECEPTOR LIGANDS
JP2002529504A (en) 1998-11-12 2002-09-10 スミスクライン・ビーチャム・パブリック・リミテッド・カンパニー Pharmaceutical compositions for the modified release of insulin sensitizers and other antidiabetic drugs
GB9912961D0 (en) 1999-06-03 1999-08-04 Pfizer Ltd Metalloprotease inhibitors
WO2001032157A2 (en) 1999-11-03 2001-05-10 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Pharmaceutical composition comprising a combination of metformin and glibenclamide
US6586438B2 (en) 1999-11-03 2003-07-01 Bristol-Myers Squibb Co. Antidiabetic formulation and method
JP4456768B2 (en) 2000-02-02 2010-04-28 壽製薬株式会社 Drug containing C-glycoside
BR0108908A (en) 2000-03-03 2002-12-24 Pfizer Prod Inc Derivatives of pyrazole ethers as anti-inflammatory / analgesic agents
GB0011098D0 (en) 2000-05-08 2000-06-28 Black James Foundation Pharmaceutical compositions comprising protpn pump inhibitors and gastrin/cholecystokinin receptor ligands
EP1172362A1 (en) 2000-07-11 2002-01-16 Basf Aktiengesellschaft Azadioxacycloalkenes and their use as fungicides and animal pesticides
AU2001296961A1 (en) 2000-09-29 2002-04-08 Bayer Pharmaceuticals Corporation 17-beta-hydroxysteroid dehydrogenase-ii inhibitors
JP3915116B2 (en) 2000-11-02 2007-05-16 味の素株式会社 Novel pyrazole derivatives and therapeutic agents for diabetes containing them
JP2002167430A (en) 2000-12-01 2002-06-11 Canon Inc Aliphatic polyester, method for producing the same, and method for making starch as resource
US7018610B2 (en) 2001-03-02 2006-03-28 University Of Western Ontario Polymer precursors of radiolabeled compounds, and methods of making and using the same
GB0112122D0 (en) 2001-05-18 2001-07-11 Lilly Co Eli Heteroaryloxy 3-substituted propanamines
US7105556B2 (en) 2001-05-30 2006-09-12 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Conformationally constrained analogs useful as antidiabetic and antiobesity agents and method
JP4115105B2 (en) 2001-07-02 2008-07-09 協和醗酵工業株式会社 Pyrazole derivative
WO2003011880A1 (en) 2001-07-31 2003-02-13 Kissei Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. Glucopyrano syloxybenzyl benzene derivative, medicinal composition containing the same, medicinal use thereof, and intermediate for production thereof
IL161617A0 (en) 2001-11-08 2004-09-27 Sepracor Inc Desmethyl and didesmethyl metabolites of citalopram, methods for the preparation thereof and pharmaceutical compositions containing the same
WO2003043621A1 (en) 2001-11-16 2003-05-30 Cutanix Corporation Pharmaceutical and cosmetic compositions containing oxy group-bearing aromatic aldehydes
JP2003238417A (en) 2002-02-18 2003-08-27 Nippon Shoyaku Kenkyusho:Kk Stabilized phloretin glycoside composition, agent for prevention and treatment of diabetes containing the composition and health food
KR20040099446A (en) 2002-04-18 2004-11-26 아스트라제네카 아베 Heterocyclic compounds
JP2003313168A (en) 2002-04-18 2003-11-06 Kirin Brewery Co Ltd COMPOUND HAVING Bcl-2 INHIBITING ACTIVITY AND METHOD FOR SCREENING THE COMPOUND
US8911781B2 (en) 2002-06-17 2014-12-16 Inventia Healthcare Private Limited Process of manufacture of novel drug delivery system: multilayer tablet composition of thiazolidinedione and biguanides
AU2003262262A1 (en) 2002-08-27 2004-03-19 Kissei Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. Pyrazole derivatives, medicinal composition containing the same, and medicinal use thereof
UA80991C2 (en) 2002-10-07 2007-11-26 Solid preparation containing an insulin resistance improving drug and an active ingredient useful as a remedy for diabetes
IN192749B (en) 2002-11-15 2004-05-15 Ranbaxy Lab Ltd
GB0301259D0 (en) 2003-01-20 2003-02-19 Novartis Ag Organic compounds
WO2004076470A2 (en) 2003-02-27 2004-09-10 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company A non-cryogenic process for forming glycosides
FR2853831A1 (en) 2003-03-05 2004-10-22 Usv Ltd SOLID DOSAGE FOR ORAL USE OF METFORMIN AND GLYBURIDE AND PROCESS FOR PREPARING THE SAME
AU2003902263A0 (en) 2003-05-12 2003-05-29 Fujisawa Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. Monosaccharide compounds
KR20060058092A (en) 2003-07-23 2006-05-29 신타 파마슈티칼스 코프. Compounds for inflammation and immune-related uses
US8785403B2 (en) 2003-08-01 2014-07-22 Mitsubishi Tanabe Pharma Corporation Glucopyranoside compound
WO2005058845A2 (en) 2003-12-19 2005-06-30 Novo Nordisk A/S Novel glucagon antagonists/inverse agonists
EP1559419A1 (en) 2004-01-23 2005-08-03 Fournier Laboratories Ireland Limited Pharmaceutical formulations comprising metformin and a fibrate, and processes for their obtention
EP1765379A4 (en) 2004-06-17 2009-05-27 Transform Pharmaceuticals Inc Pharmaceutical co-crystal compositions and related methods of use
AR053329A1 (en) 2005-01-31 2007-05-02 Tanabe Seiyaku Co INDOL DERIVATIVES USEFUL AS INHIBITORS OF GLUCOSE CONVEYORS DEPENDENT ON SODIUM (SGLT)
CA2605245A1 (en) 2005-04-15 2006-10-19 Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh Glucopyranosyl-substituted (heteroaryloxy-benzyl)-benzene derivatives as sglt inhibitors
AR056195A1 (en) 2005-09-15 2007-09-26 Boehringer Ingelheim Int PROCEDURES TO PREPARE DERIVATIVES OF (ETINIL-BENCIL) -BENZENE REPLACED GLUCOPYRANOSIL AND INTERMEDIATE COMPOUNDS OF THE SAME
CN101057835A (en) 2005-09-26 2007-10-24 刘凤鸣 Metformin glibenclamide slow-releasing preparation
EP1983971A4 (en) 2006-01-25 2010-11-24 Synta Pharmaceuticals Corp Substituted aromatic compounds for inflammation and immune-related uses
JP2007230999A (en) 2006-01-31 2007-09-13 Kyoto Univ Substituted aromatic nitrile compound and method for producing the same
TWI370818B (en) 2006-04-05 2012-08-21 Astellas Pharma Inc Cocrystal of c-glycoside derivative and l-proline
US7919598B2 (en) 2006-06-28 2011-04-05 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Crystal structures of SGLT2 inhibitors and processes for preparing same
US8039441B2 (en) 2006-08-15 2011-10-18 Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh Glucopyranosyl-substituted cyclopropylbenzene derivatives, pharmaceutical compositions containing such compounds, their use as SGLT inhibitors and process for their manufacture
CA2664095A1 (en) 2006-09-21 2008-03-27 Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh Glucopyranosyl-substituted difluorobenzyl-benzene derivatives, medicaments containing such compounds, their use and process for their manufacture
KR100812538B1 (en) 2006-10-23 2008-03-11 한올제약주식회사 Controlled release complex formulation comprising metformin and glimepiride
JP2010508371A (en) * 2006-11-06 2010-03-18 ベーリンガー インゲルハイム インターナショナル ゲゼルシャフト ミット ベシュレンクテル ハフツング Glucopyranosyl-substituted phenyl derivatives, pharmaceuticals containing the compounds, and uses and production methods thereof
EA018495B1 (en) * 2006-11-09 2013-08-30 Бёрингер Ингельхайм Интернациональ Гмбх Combination therapy with sglt-2 (sodium dependent glucose co-transporter) inhibitors and their pharmaceutical compositions
EP1956023A1 (en) 2007-02-06 2008-08-13 Lonza Ag Method for lithium exchange reactions
CA2681092A1 (en) 2007-03-15 2008-09-18 Nectid, Inc. Anti-diabetic combinations comprising a slow release biguanide composition and an immediate release dipeptidyl peptidase iv inhibitor composition
JP5424571B2 (en) 2007-04-12 2014-02-26 協和発酵キリン株式会社 Topiramate-containing solid preparation
WO2008136393A1 (en) 2007-04-27 2008-11-13 Ajinomoto Co., Inc. Crystal of lactam compound, and method for production thereof
PE20090603A1 (en) 2007-08-16 2009-06-11 Boehringer Ingelheim Int PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITION INCLUDING A SGLT2 INHIBITOR AND A DPP IV INHIBITOR
BRPI0815708B8 (en) 2007-08-23 2021-05-25 Theracos Sub Llc compound, prodrug ester, pharmaceutical composition, and, method of treating a disease or condition
CL2008003653A1 (en) 2008-01-17 2010-03-05 Mitsubishi Tanabe Pharma Corp Use of a glucopyranosyl-derived sglt inhibitor and a selected dppiv inhibitor to treat diabetes; and pharmaceutical composition.
PE20140960A1 (en) 2008-04-03 2014-08-15 Boehringer Ingelheim Int FORMULATIONS INVOLVING A DPP4 INHIBITOR
KR101512386B1 (en) 2008-04-08 2015-04-17 제이더블유중외제약 주식회사 Complex formulation comprising metformin and mitiglinide and method for preparation thereof
CA2725047A1 (en) 2008-05-22 2009-11-26 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Method for treating hyperuricemia employing an sglt2 inhibitor and composition containing same
US9061060B2 (en) 2008-07-15 2015-06-23 Theracos Inc. Deuterated benzylbenzene derivatives and methods of use
UY32030A (en) 2008-08-06 2010-03-26 Boehringer Ingelheim Int "TREATMENT FOR DIABETES IN INAPPROPRIATE PATIENTS FOR THERAPY WITH METFORMIN"
WO2010022313A2 (en) 2008-08-22 2010-02-25 Theracos, Inc. Processes for the preparation of sglt2 inhibitors
WO2010045656A2 (en) 2008-10-17 2010-04-22 Nectid, Inc. Novel sglt2 inhibitor dosage forms
AU2009322999A1 (en) 2008-12-01 2011-06-30 Invasc Therapeutics, Inc. Compositions comprising renin-angiotensin aldosterone system inhibitors and lipoic acid compounds, and the use thereof for the treatment of renin-angiotensin aldosterone system related disorders
MX339194B (en) * 2009-02-13 2016-05-16 Boehringer Ingelheim Int Pharmaceutical composition comprising a sglt2 inhibitor, a dpp-iv inhibitor and optionally a further antidiabetic agent and uses thereof.
SG175309A1 (en) 2009-04-24 2011-11-28 Iceutica Pty Ltd Production of encapsulated nanoparticles at high volume fractions
US20100331999A1 (en) 2009-06-29 2010-12-30 Aronne Louis J Combination Therapies for the Treatment of Obesity
US20110009347A1 (en) 2009-07-08 2011-01-13 Yin Liang Combination therapy for the treatment of diabetes
US8163704B2 (en) 2009-10-20 2012-04-24 Novartis Ag Glycoside derivatives and uses thereof
JP2013523681A (en) 2010-03-30 2013-06-17 ベーリンガー インゲルハイム インターナショナル ゲゼルシャフト ミット ベシュレンクテル ハフツング Pharmaceutical composition comprising SGLT2 inhibitor and PPAR-gamma agonist and use thereof
CN105769792A (en) 2010-05-11 2016-07-20 田边三菱制药株式会社 A tablet containing a 1-(beta-D-glucopyranosyl)-3-(phenylthienylmethyl)benzene compound
US20120009259A1 (en) 2010-07-06 2012-01-12 Urbain Alfons Clementina Delaet Formulation for co-therapy treatment of diabetes

Patent Citations (97)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US2799241A (en) * 1949-01-21 1957-07-16 Wisconsin Alumni Res Found Means for applying coatings to tablets or the like
US4160861A (en) * 1977-10-03 1979-07-10 Merck & Co., Inc. Method for the separation of antibiotic macrolides
US4584369A (en) * 1981-07-31 1986-04-22 Sloan-Kettering Institute For Cancer Research Anti-leukemic beta-glycosyl C-nucleosides
US5292461A (en) * 1990-08-24 1994-03-08 Juch Rolf Dieter Process for the production of pellets
US5401435A (en) * 1991-06-10 1995-03-28 Ausimont S.P.A. Process for increasing the bleaching efficiency of an inorganic persalt or of hydrogen peroxide
US5149838A (en) * 1991-09-20 1992-09-22 Merck & Co., Inc. Intermediates for substituted azetidinones useful as anti-inflammatory and antidegenerative agents
US5610294A (en) * 1991-10-11 1997-03-11 The Du Pont Merck Pharmaceutical Company Substituted cyclic carbonyls and derivatives thereof useful as retroviral protease inhibitors
US5731292A (en) * 1992-11-12 1998-03-24 Tanabe Seiyaku Co., Ltd. Dihydrochalcone derivatives which are hypoglycemic agents
US5424406A (en) * 1992-11-12 1995-06-13 Tanabe Seiyaku Co., Ltd. Dihydrochalcone derivatives which are hypoglycemic agents
US5861385A (en) * 1992-12-21 1999-01-19 Bayer Aktiengesellschaft Substituted triols
US6277833B1 (en) * 1992-12-21 2001-08-21 Bayer Aktiengesellschaft Substituted triols
US6297363B1 (en) * 1993-02-12 2001-10-02 Nomura Co., Ltd. Glycoside indoles
US5830873A (en) * 1994-05-11 1998-11-03 Tanabe Seiyaku Co., Ltd. Propiophenone derivative and a process for preparing the same
US5780483A (en) * 1995-02-17 1998-07-14 Smithkline Beecham Corporation IL-8 receptor antagonists
US5767094A (en) * 1995-11-07 1998-06-16 Tanabe Seiyaku Co., Ltd. Propiophenone derivative and processes for preparing the same
US5945533A (en) * 1996-08-26 1999-08-31 Tanabe Seiyaku Co., Ltd. Process for preparing optically active benzothiazepine compound and intermediate therefor
US6048842A (en) * 1996-12-26 2000-04-11 Tanabe Seiyaku Co., Ltd. Propiophenone derivatives and process for preparing the same
US6153632A (en) * 1997-02-24 2000-11-28 Rieveley; Robert B. Method and composition for the treatment of diabetes
US6475521B1 (en) * 1998-03-19 2002-11-05 Bristol-Myers Squibb Co. Biphasic controlled release delivery system for high solubility pharmaceuticals and method
US7008959B2 (en) * 1998-06-24 2006-03-07 Sanofi-Aventis Form of irbesartan, processes for obtaining the said and pharmaceutical compositions containing it
US6800761B1 (en) * 1998-06-24 2004-10-05 Sanofi-Synthelabo Form of irbesartan, methods for obtaining said form and pharmaceutical compositions containing same
US6069238A (en) * 1998-09-30 2000-05-30 Eli Lilly And Company Spirocyclic C-glycosides
US20020032164A1 (en) * 1998-12-30 2002-03-14 Dale Roderic M. K. Antimicrobial compounds and methods for their use
US6414126B1 (en) * 1999-10-12 2002-07-02 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company C-aryl glucoside SGLT2 inhibitors and method
US6515117B2 (en) * 1999-10-12 2003-02-04 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company C-aryl glucoside SGLT2 inhibitors and method
US6420513B2 (en) * 2000-01-31 2002-07-16 Canon Kabushiki Kaisha Aliphatic polyester, method for manufacturing aliphatic polyester, and method for recycling cellulose
US6627611B2 (en) * 2000-02-02 2003-09-30 Kotobuki Pharmaceutical Co Ltd C-glycosides and preparation of thereof as antidiabetic agents
US20010041674A1 (en) * 2000-02-02 2001-11-15 Kotobujki Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. C-glycosides and preparation of thereof as antidiabetic agents
US7045665B2 (en) * 2000-03-17 2006-05-16 Kissei Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. Glucopyranosyloxybenzylbenzene derivatives, medicinal compositions containing the same and intermediates for the preparation of the derivatives
US20040053855A1 (en) * 2000-03-17 2004-03-18 Hideki Fujikura Glucopyranosyloxy benzylbenzene derivatives, medicinal compositions containing the same and intermediates for the preparation of the derivatives
US20020111315A1 (en) * 2000-03-30 2002-08-15 Washburn William N. O-aryl glucoside SGLT2 inhibitors and method
US20020052326A1 (en) * 2000-03-30 2002-05-02 Washburn William N. O-glucosylated benzamide SGLT2 inhibitors and method
US6448415B1 (en) * 2000-07-22 2002-09-10 Hanchem Co., Ltd. Chirality conversion method in lactone sugar compounds
US20030024914A1 (en) * 2000-12-18 2003-02-06 Stephen Aleshin Laser beam stop sensor for automatically detecting the presence of laser beam stop material
US7084123B2 (en) * 2000-12-28 2006-08-01 Kissei Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. Glucopyranosyloxypyrazole derivatives and use thereof in medicines
US20040063646A1 (en) * 2000-12-28 2004-04-01 Hideki Fujikura Glucopyranosyloxypyrazole derivatives and use thereof in medicines
US20040132669A1 (en) * 2001-02-26 2004-07-08 Toshihiro Nishimura Glycopyranosyloxypyrazole derivatives and medicinal use thereof
US7294618B2 (en) * 2001-02-27 2007-11-13 Kissei Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. Glucopyranosyloxypyrazole derivatives and medicinal use thereof
US20040116357A1 (en) * 2001-02-27 2004-06-17 Nobuhiko Fushimi Glucopyranosyloxypyrazole derivatives and medicinal use thereof
US20030114390A1 (en) * 2001-03-13 2003-06-19 Washburn William N. C-aryl glucoside SGLT2 inhibitors and method
US20030064935A1 (en) * 2001-04-11 2003-04-03 Gougoutas Jack Z. Amino acid complexes of C-aryl glucosides for treatment of diabetes and method
US20040110936A1 (en) * 2001-04-27 2004-06-10 Ajinomoto Co., Inc. N-substituted pyrazole-O-glycoside derivatives and therapeutic agent for diabetes containing the same
US7271153B2 (en) * 2001-06-20 2007-09-18 Kissei Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. Nitrogenous heterocyclic derivatives, medicinal compositions containing the same, medicinal uses thereof, and intermediates therefor
US20050049203A1 (en) * 2001-06-20 2005-03-03 Toshihiro Nishimura Nitrogenous heterocyclic derivative, medicinal composition containing the same, medical use thereof, and intermediate therefor
US20030191121A1 (en) * 2001-08-09 2003-10-09 Miller Ross A. Piperazine carboxamide intermediates of HIV protease inhibitors and processes for their preparation
US20030087843A1 (en) * 2001-09-05 2003-05-08 Washburn William N. O-pyrazole glucoside SGLT2 inhibitors and method of use
US20050124556A1 (en) * 2001-10-24 2005-06-09 Michael Burton Chromogenic enzyme substrates
US6617313B1 (en) * 2002-03-13 2003-09-09 Council Of Scientific And Industrial Research Glucopyranoside and process of isolation thereof from pterocarpus marsupium pharmaceutical composition containing the same and use thereof
US6562791B1 (en) * 2002-03-29 2003-05-13 Council Of Scientific And Industrial Research Glucopyranoside, process for isolation thereof, pharmaceutical composition containing same and use thereof
US20040138143A1 (en) * 2002-07-11 2004-07-15 Heiner Glombik Novel thiophene glycoside derivatives, processes for the preparation, medicaments comprising these compounds, and the use thereof
US20050124555A1 (en) * 2002-08-05 2005-06-09 Hiroshi Tomiyama Azulene derivatives and salts thereof
US20050256317A1 (en) * 2002-08-09 2005-11-17 Masakazu Sato Process for selective production of aryl 5-thio-beta-d- aldohexopyranosides
US7074826B2 (en) * 2002-10-07 2006-07-11 Encore Pharmaceuticals, Inc. R-NSAID esters and their use
US20050014704A1 (en) * 2002-12-12 2005-01-20 Aventis Pharma Deutschland Gmbh Novel aromatic fluoroglycoside derivatives, medicaments containing these compounds, and the use thereof
US20040259819A1 (en) * 2002-12-12 2004-12-23 Aventis Pharma Deutschland Gmbh Novel heterocyclic fluoroglycoside derivatives, medicaments containing these compounds, and the use thereof
US7288528B2 (en) * 2002-12-12 2007-10-30 Sanofi-Aventis Deutschland Gmbh Aromatic fluoroglycoside derivatives, medicaments containing these compounds, and the use thereof
US7375213B2 (en) * 2003-01-03 2008-05-20 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Methods of producing C-aryl glucoside SGLT2 inhibitors
US7932379B2 (en) * 2003-01-03 2011-04-26 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Methods of producing C-aryl glucoside SGLT2 inhibitors
US20060122126A1 (en) * 2003-03-14 2006-06-08 Masakazu Imamura C-glycoside derivatives and salts thereof
US7202350B2 (en) * 2003-03-14 2007-04-10 Astellas Pharma Inc. C-glycoside derivatives and salts thereof
US7566699B2 (en) * 2003-03-31 2009-07-28 Kissei Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. Fused heterocyclic derivative, medicinal composition containing the same, and medicinal use thereof
US20060247179A1 (en) * 2003-03-31 2006-11-02 Nobuhiko Fushimi Fused heterocyclic derivative, medicinal composition containing the same, and medicinal use thereof
US7576064B2 (en) * 2003-06-20 2009-08-18 Kissei Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. Pyrazole derivative, drug composition containing the same and production intermediate therefor
US20050037981A1 (en) * 2003-08-01 2005-02-17 Beavers Mary Pat Substituted indole-O-glucosides
US20050037980A1 (en) * 2003-08-01 2005-02-17 Philip Rybczynski Substituted fused heterocyclic C-glycosides
US20060234954A1 (en) * 2003-08-01 2006-10-19 Maud Urbanski Substituted benzimidazole-, benztriazole-, and benzimidazolone-O-glucosides
US20060217323A1 (en) * 2003-08-01 2006-09-28 Mona Patel Substituted indazole-O-glucosides
US20050032711A1 (en) * 2003-08-01 2005-02-10 Mona Patel Substituted indazole-O-glucosides
US20060293251A1 (en) * 2003-08-01 2006-12-28 Maud Urbanski Substituted indazole-O-glucosides
US20120058941A1 (en) * 2003-08-01 2012-03-08 Sumihiro Nomura Glucopyranoside compound
US20060229260A1 (en) * 2003-08-01 2006-10-12 Philip Rybczynski Substituted fused heterocyclic C-glycosides
US7511022B2 (en) * 2003-08-01 2009-03-31 Janssen Pharmaceutica N.V. Substituted indole-O-glucosides
US20070060545A1 (en) * 2003-08-01 2007-03-15 Tanabe Seiyaku Co., Ltd. Novel compounds
US7943788B2 (en) * 2003-08-01 2011-05-17 Mitsubishi Tanabe Pharma Corporation Glucopyranoside compound
US20050032712A1 (en) * 2003-08-01 2005-02-10 Maud Urbanski Substituted benzimidazole-, benztriazole-, and benzimidazolone-O-glucosides
US20050233988A1 (en) * 2003-08-01 2005-10-20 Tanabe Seiyaku Co., Ltd. Novel compounds
US7157584B2 (en) * 2004-02-25 2007-01-02 Takeda Pharmaceutical Company Limited Benzimidazole derivative and use thereof
US20050209166A1 (en) * 2004-03-16 2005-09-22 Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh Glucopyranosyl-substituted phenyl derivatives, medicaments containing such compounds, their use and process for their manufacture
US20060009400A1 (en) * 2004-07-06 2006-01-12 Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh D-xylopyranosyl-substituted phenyl derivatives, medicaments containing such compounds, their use and process for their manufacture
US7417032B2 (en) * 2004-07-27 2008-08-26 Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh D-xylopyranosyl-phenyl-substituted cycles, medicaments containing such compounds, their use and process for their manufacture
US20060035841A1 (en) * 2004-08-11 2006-02-16 Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh D-xylopyranosyl-phenyl-substituted cycles, medicaments containing such compounds, their use and process for their manufacture
US20080132563A1 (en) * 2005-01-07 2008-06-05 Hiroyuki Kakinuma 1-Thio-D-Glucitol Derivatives
US20090124702A1 (en) * 2005-01-25 2009-05-14 Pechetti Siva Satya Krishna Babu Pharmaceutical Compositions of Metformin
US20060189548A1 (en) * 2005-02-23 2006-08-24 Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh Glucopyranosyl-substituted ((hetero)arylethynyl-benzyl)-benzene derivatives, medicaments containing such compounds, their use and process for their manufacture
US20060258749A1 (en) * 2005-05-10 2006-11-16 Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh Processes for preparing of glucopyranosyl-substituted benzyl-benzene derivatives and intermediates therein
US20070027092A1 (en) * 2005-07-27 2007-02-01 Frank Himmelsbach Glucopyranosyl-substituted ((hetero)cycloalkylethynyl-benzyl)-benzene derivatives, medicaments containing such compounds, their use and process for their manufacture
US20070049537A1 (en) * 2005-08-30 2007-03-01 Matthias Eckhardt Glucopyranosyl-substituted benzyl-benzene derivatives, medicaments containing such compounds, their use and process for their manufacture
US20080027122A1 (en) * 2006-07-27 2008-01-31 Tanabe Seiyaku Co., Ltd. Indole derivatives
WO2008069327A1 (en) * 2006-12-04 2008-06-12 Mitsubishi Tanabe Pharma Corporation CRYSTALLINE FORM OF 1- (β-D-GLUCOPYRANOSYL) -4 -METHYL- 3- [5- (4 -FLUOROPHENYL) -2-THIENYLMETHYL] BENZENE HEMIHYDRATE
US7666845B2 (en) * 2006-12-04 2010-02-23 Janssen Pharmaceutica N.V. Compounds having inhibitory activity against sodium-dependent glucose transporter
US20110212905A1 (en) * 2006-12-04 2011-09-01 Sumihiro Nomura Crystalline form of 1-(beta-d-glucopyranosyl)-4-methyl-3-[5-(4-fluorophenyl)-2-thienylmethyl]benzene hemihydrate
US20080146515A1 (en) * 2006-12-04 2008-06-19 Mitsubishi Tanabe Pharma Corporation Crystalline form of 1-(beta-D-glucopyransoyl)-4-methyl-3-[5-(4-fluorophenyl)-2- thienylmethyl]benzene hemihydrate
US20080234366A1 (en) * 2007-03-22 2008-09-25 Bristol-Myers Squibb Pharmaceutical formulation containing an sglt2 inhibitor
US20090233874A1 (en) * 2007-09-10 2009-09-17 Abdel-Magid Ahmed F Process for the preparation of compounds useful as inhibitors of sglt
US20100099883A1 (en) * 2008-10-17 2010-04-22 Walter Ferdinand Maria Fillers Process for the preparation of compounds useful as inhibitors of sglt
US20110087017A1 (en) * 2009-10-14 2011-04-14 Vittorio Farina Process for the preparation of compounds useful as inhibitors of sglt2
US20120115799A1 (en) * 2010-05-11 2012-05-10 Wenhua Wang Pharmaceutical formulations

Non-Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
Adachi et al., Metabolism, vol. 49, no. 8, 2000, 990-995. *

Cited By (22)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US9024009B2 (en) 2007-09-10 2015-05-05 Janssen Pharmaceutica N.V. Process for the preparation of compounds useful as inhibitors of SGLT
US20090233874A1 (en) * 2007-09-10 2009-09-17 Abdel-Magid Ahmed F Process for the preparation of compounds useful as inhibitors of sglt
US20100099883A1 (en) * 2008-10-17 2010-04-22 Walter Ferdinand Maria Fillers Process for the preparation of compounds useful as inhibitors of sglt
US9056850B2 (en) 2008-10-17 2015-06-16 Janssen Pharmaceutica N.V. Process for the preparation of compounds useful as inhibitors of SGLT
US11576894B2 (en) 2009-07-08 2023-02-14 Janssen Pharmaceutica Nv Combination therapy for the treatment of diabetes
US8772512B2 (en) 2009-07-10 2014-07-08 Janssen Pharmaceutica Nv Crystallisation process for 1-(β-D-glucopyranosyl)-4-methyl-3-[5-(4-fluorophenyl)-2-thienylmethyl] benzene
US9174971B2 (en) 2009-10-14 2015-11-03 Janssen Pharmaceutica Nv Process for the preparation of compounds useful as inhibitors of SGLT2
US20110087017A1 (en) * 2009-10-14 2011-04-14 Vittorio Farina Process for the preparation of compounds useful as inhibitors of sglt2
US10617668B2 (en) 2010-05-11 2020-04-14 Janssen Pharmaceutica Nv Pharmaceutical formulations
US9783592B2 (en) 2010-05-13 2017-10-10 Indiana University Research And Technology Corporation Glucagon superfamily peptides exhibiting nuclear hormone receptor activity
US9127088B2 (en) 2010-05-13 2015-09-08 Indiana University Research And Technology Corporation Glucagon superfamily peptides exhibiting nuclear hormone receptor activity
US20120009259A1 (en) * 2010-07-06 2012-01-12 Urbain Alfons Clementina Delaet Formulation for co-therapy treatment of diabetes
US10544135B2 (en) 2011-04-13 2020-01-28 Janssen Pharmaceutica Nv Process for the preparation of compounds useful as inhibitors of SGLT2
US9035044B2 (en) 2011-05-09 2015-05-19 Janssen Pharmaceutica Nv L-proline and citric acid co-crystals of (2S, 3R, 4R, 5S,6R)-2-(3-((5-(4-fluorophenyl)thiopen-2-yl)methyl)4-methylphenyl)-6-(hydroxymethyl)tetrahydro-2H-pyran-3,4,5-triol
US20140343004A1 (en) * 2011-09-15 2014-11-20 Friulchem Spa Compositions for Oral Administration to Animals, Processes for Obtaining the Same and the Uses Thereof
US11103524B2 (en) * 2011-09-15 2021-08-31 Friulchem Spa Compositions for oral administration to animals, processes for obtaining the same and the uses thereof
US8859491B2 (en) 2011-11-17 2014-10-14 Indiana University Research And Technology Corporation Glucagon superfamily peptides exhibiting glucocorticoid receptor activity
WO2013074910A1 (en) * 2011-11-17 2013-05-23 Indiana University Research And Technology Corporation Glucagon superfamily peptides exhibiting glucocorticoid receptor activity
CN103641822B (en) * 2013-10-21 2016-06-08 江苏奥赛康药业股份有限公司 A kind of Ka Gelie purifies compound and pharmaceutical composition thereof
CN103641822A (en) * 2013-10-21 2014-03-19 江苏奥赛康药业股份有限公司 Canagliflozin compound and pharmaceutical composition thereof
US11207337B2 (en) 2015-09-15 2021-12-28 Janssen Pharmaceutica Nv Co-therapy comprising canagliflozin and phentermine for the treatment of obesity and obesity related disorders
US20200375998A1 (en) * 2017-11-17 2020-12-03 Shionogi & Co., Ltd. Pharmaceutical preparation excellent in light stability and dissolution property

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
HRP20191148T1 (en) 2019-10-04
AU2017200445B2 (en) 2018-11-22
MY174002A (en) 2020-03-03
US20150011485A1 (en) 2015-01-08
CY1121853T1 (en) 2020-07-31
BR112012000502A2 (en) 2017-05-16
JP6115986B2 (en) 2017-04-19
WO2011005811A1 (en) 2011-01-13
NI201200005A (en) 2012-02-21
ZA201200918B (en) 2013-07-31
EP2451482B1 (en) 2019-05-01
TW201114420A (en) 2011-05-01
TWI532481B (en) 2016-05-11
US20170128414A1 (en) 2017-05-11
SG10201403900PA (en) 2014-10-30
CR20120062A (en) 2012-10-25
LT2451482T (en) 2019-07-25
US11576894B2 (en) 2023-02-14
IN2012DN00639A (en) 2015-06-12
AR077464A1 (en) 2011-08-31
JP2016006093A (en) 2016-01-14
IL217395A0 (en) 2012-02-29
UY32778A (en) 2011-01-31
SI2451482T1 (en) 2019-06-28
JP2017081975A (en) 2017-05-18
AU2010270669A1 (en) 2012-02-02
EA201270144A1 (en) 2012-07-30
JP2012532875A (en) 2012-12-20
HUE045367T2 (en) 2019-12-30
EA020009B1 (en) 2014-07-30
ES2732703T3 (en) 2019-11-25
KR101799944B1 (en) 2017-11-21
RS58871B1 (en) 2019-08-30
MX2012000488A (en) 2012-01-27
CO6430453A2 (en) 2012-04-30
CN106983744A (en) 2017-07-28
CA2767811C (en) 2017-11-07
US20160089360A1 (en) 2016-03-31
PT2451482T (en) 2019-08-01
WO2011005811A8 (en) 2012-03-01
UA107578C2 (en) 2015-01-26
IL259475A (en) 2018-07-31
EP2451482A1 (en) 2012-05-16
KR20120046730A (en) 2012-05-10
ME03508B (en) 2020-04-20
SG177417A1 (en) 2012-02-28
AU2017200445A1 (en) 2017-02-16
PE20121046A1 (en) 2012-08-09
AR118805A2 (en) 2021-11-03
DK2451482T3 (en) 2019-07-22
CL2012000024A1 (en) 2012-10-19
HN2012000031A (en) 2015-06-22
BR112012000502B1 (en) 2020-05-26
CN102497881A (en) 2012-06-13
TR201909599T4 (en) 2019-07-22
PL2451482T3 (en) 2019-10-31
ECSP12011582A (en) 2012-02-29
CA2767811A1 (en) 2011-01-13

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US11576894B2 (en) Combination therapy for the treatment of diabetes
AU2007316613B2 (en) Combination therapy with SGLT-2 inhibitors and their pharmaceutical compositions
AU2015202718B2 (en) Formulation for co-therapy treatment of diabetes
AU2015203067A1 (en) Combination therapy for the treatment of diabetes

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
AS Assignment

Owner name: JANSSEN PHARMACEUTICA N.V., BELGIUM

Free format text: ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST;ASSIGNORS:LIANG, YIN;RYAN, JOHN;WOLDU, ABRAHAM B.;AND OTHERS;SIGNING DATES FROM 20100818 TO 20100823;REEL/FRAME:024869/0875

STCB Information on status: application discontinuation

Free format text: ABANDONED -- FAILURE TO RESPOND TO AN OFFICE ACTION